ELEPHANT FOUNTAIN PLAZA
FOUNTAIN PLUMBING
SECTION 13 12 14
2.2 RACEWAYS AND BOXES
 2.2 AQUA SYSTEMS
2.3 WIRE AND CABLE
 2.3 AQUASYSTEMS
2.4 DISTRIBUTION AND CONTROL CABINET
 2.4 FOUNTAIN SUPPLY
2.5 CONTROL SYSTEM
 2.5 FOUNTAIN SUPPLY
FOUNTAIN PLUMBING
SECTION 13 12 13
SUMBITTAL FOR:
SUBMITTALJ9:
Elephant Fountain Plaza
Team Commerical Construction
100 Corte Madera Town Center 253 Tewksbury Ave.
Corte Madera, CA. 94524
Richmond, CA. 94801
Item Number:
Section Number:
Section Description:
Subcontractor:
Supplier:
Manufacturer:
Product Code:
Quantity:
CONTRACTOR:
Waterworks Industries Inc.
930 Shiloh Road, Bldg. 38, Suite D
Windsor, CA. 95492
2.1
13 12 13
GENERAL
AQUA SYSTEMS
VARIOUS
ELECTRICAL SUBMITTALS
Contractor Certification:
General Contractor's Submittal Stamp:
It is hereby certified that the equipment or
material designated in this submittal is
proposed to be incorporated in the above
named project and is in compliance with the
contract drawings and I or specifications and is
submitted for approval.
Certified by:
Date:
Job
Superintendent:
Revisions:
Architect's Review Stamp and Comments
City of Corte Madera- Elephant Fountain
Plaza
Construction Specifications
Allied Tube & Conduit® Catalog
EMT · Electrical Metallic Tubing and True Color™ EMT
E-Z Pull™ EMT
UÊ
UÊ
UÊ
UÊ
UÊ
UÊ
Hot galvanized steel using patented inline Flo-Coat™ process
for long lasting exterior protection
E-Z Pull interior coating provides a smooth raceway for fast
wire-pulling
Excellent mechanical protection for conductors
Ductility for faster and easier bending
Superb EMI shielding characteristics
Trade sizes 1/2 thru 4
True Color™ EMT
UÊ
UÊ
UÊ
UÊ
UÊ
UÊ
UÊ
All the benefits of E-Z Pull EMT
Instant identification of multiple circuits
Fire Alarm™ Red EMT
Healthcare Green EMT
Data Com Blue EMT
Available in 8 colors
Trade sizes 1/2 thru 4
Quality Electrical Metallic Tubing
Identify Important Circuits Instantly!
True Color™ Applications
Black EMT
UÊ Blends in dark
colored areas
UÊ Open
architecture
Fire Alarm™ EMT
UÊ Emergency
circuits
UÊ Fire alarm and
Security systems
Orange EMT
UÊ Construction/
research areas
UÊ Fiber optic
systems
UÊ Auto repair/
maintenance
Yellow EMT
UÊ High voltage
wiring
UÊ Caution areas
UÊ Special
equipment
Green EMT
UÊ Hospital and
healthcare areas
UÊ Nurse call
stations
UÊ Critical circuits
Blue EMT
UÊ Low voltage
wiring
UÊ Data com/video
UÊ Network security
Purple EMT
UÊ Specialty
wiring
systems
UÊ Security
systems
White EMT
UÊ Blends in light
colored areas
UÊ Open
architecture
Silver EMT
UÊ Standard Use
UÊ Contemporary
architecture
NOTE: Special orders are non-cancelable, non-returnable and non-refundable.
2
www.alliedeg.com
Allied Tube & Conduit® Catalog
EMT · Electrical Metallic Tubing and True Color™ EMT
FEATURES & SPECIFICATIONS
Manufactured for Long Life
Allied EMT is precision manufactured from high grade mild strip
steel for exceptional durability and long-lasting life. Allied EMT is
hot galvanized using Allied’s patented in-line Flo-Coat™ process.
This process combines zinc, a conversion coating, and a clear
organic polymer top-coat to form a triple layer of protection
against corrosion and abrasion.
E-Z Pull™ EMT combines strength with ductility, providing easy
bending, cutting and joining while resisting flattening, kinking and
splitting. Available in trade sizes 1/2 – 4.
Coatings
Allied Tube & Conduit’s standard EMT (Electrical Metallic Tubing)
has a special low friction ID coating called E-Z Pull that greatly
improves the slip properties between conduit and wire. With
E-Z Pull EMT, wire pulls through the EMT smoothly and easily,
making installation easier and faster.
EMI Shielding
Allied EMT is very effective in reducing electromagnetic field
levels for encased power distribution circuits, shielding computers
and other sensitive electronic equipment from the effects of
electromagnetic interference. For more information on EMT
shielding, visit www.alliedeg.com to obtain the GEMI (Grounding
and Electro-Magnetic Interference) software analysis program.
Codes & Standards Compliance
Allied EMT is listed to Underwriters Laboratories
Safety Standard UL 797 and meets ANSI C80.3.
These standards have been adopted as federal
specifications in lieu of WWC 563. EMT is recognized
as an equipment grounding conductor by NEC Section 250118. Documentation for compliance with NEC Article 250 is
also available in the GEMI (Grounding and Electro-Magnetic
Interference) analysis software and related research studies
found at the www.alliedeg.com website.
Installation of EMT shall be in accordance with the National
Electrical Code and the UL listing information. Allied EMT is listed in
category FJMX. Master bundles conform to NEMA Standard RN2.
Specification Data
To specify Allied EMT, include the following: Electrical Metallic
Tubing shall be equal to that manufactured by Allied Tube & Conduit
Corporation. EMT shall be hot galvanized steel O.D. with an organic
corrosion resistant I.D. coating, and shall be listed to UL Safety
Standard 797 and manufactured in accordance with ANSI C80.3.
Electrical Metallic Tubing Weights and Dimensions
Trade
Size
Metric
Designator
1/2
3/4
1
1
1/4
1-1/4
1-1/2
2
2-1/2
3
3-1/2
4
16
21
27
35
41
53
63
78
91
103
Approx. Wt. Per
100 Ft. (30.5M)
lb.
30
46
67
101
116
148
216
263
349
393
kg.
13.6
20.9
30.4
45.8
52.6
67.1
98.0
119.3
158.3
178.2
Outside
Diameter1
in.
0.706
0.922
1.163
1.510
1.740
2.197
2.875
3.500
4.000
4.500
Outside diameter tolerances: +/- .005 in. (.13mm) for trade sizes 1/2 (16mm)
through 2 (53mm);
+/- .010 in. (.25mm) for trade sizes 2-1/2 (63mm);
+/- .015 in. (.38mm) for trade size 3 (78mm);
+/- .020 in. (.51mm) for trade sizes 3-1/2 (91mm) and 4 (103mm).
NOTE: Length = 10 ft. (3.05m) with a tolerance of +/- .25 in. (6.35 mm)
1
mm.
17.9
23.4
29.5
38.4
44.2
55.8
73.0
88.9
101.6
114.3
Nominal Wall
Thickness
in.
0.042
0.049
0.057
0.065
0.065
0.065
0.072
0.072
0.083
0.083
mm.
1.07
1.25
1.45
1.65
1.65
1.65
1.83
1.83
2.11
2.11
Red and Galvanized
Master Bundle Qty.
ft.
7000
5000
3000
2000
1500
1200
610
510
370
300
m.
2135
1525
915
610
457.5
366.0
186.1
155.6
112.9
91.5
All Other Colors**
Master Bundle Qty.
ft.
3500
2500
1500*
2000
1500
1200
610
510
370
300
m.
1067.5
762.5
457.5
610.0
457.5
366.0
186.1
155.6
112.9
91.5
*Blue trade size 1 master bundle size: 3000 ft / 915 m
** Other Color Trade Sizes 2 - 4 are available thru special order
NOTE: Special orders are non-cancelable, non-returnable and non-refundable.
www.alliedeg.com
3
CAT1105_LT Body Pages_v4
5/25/11
10:59 AM
Page 22
Liquid-Tuff™ – Flexible Liquidtight Conduit
Commercial
LIQUID-TUFF™ – UL Liquidtight Flexible Steel Conduit, Type LFMC
(Grey, Black, Red, Orange, Yellow, Green)
Description
• UL bonded strip 3/8" – 11⁄4" for grounding
• UL Liquidtight all sizes
• Sunlight resistant
• Flame retardant PVC jacket
• Hot dipped zinc galvanized low carbon steel core
• Available in Grey, Black, Red, Orange, Yellow or Green
Temperature Rating
• 80°C to -30°C Dry
• 60°C Wet
• 70°C Oil resistant
References & Ratings
• UL 360, File Reference E26540, CSA Certified File LL51593,
CSA C22.2 Number 56
• NEC® 250.118(6), 350.60, 390.15, 501.10(B)(2), 502.10(A)(2),
503.10(A)(2), 511.7(A)(1), 620.21(A)(d), 645.5(D)(2), 680.21, 680.42,
695.6(E), 695.14(E)
• Canadian Electrical Code (CEC) Part I Clause 12-1300
• UL approved for use in direct burial applications including
concrete and earth burial (Sizes 3/8" through 4")
• Conduit in sizes 11⁄2" and larger requires grounding conductor
per NEC® 350.60
• May be installed under raised computer room floors per
NEC® 645.5(D)
Applications
• 600 volt and lower circuits
• Direct burial in earth
• Concrete embedment
• Sunlight and weather exposure
• Suitable for grounding per NEC ® 250.118(6), 3/8" – 11⁄4"
• Hazardous location per NEC ® 501
• Raised computer room floors per NEC® 645.5(D)
• Service entrance wiring up to 6 feet per NEC® 230.43(15)
• Feeders and services for marina and boat yards
Ordering Information
Product
Code
Black
Trade
Size
(inches)
Product Dimensions/Bend Radius
Trade
Size
(mm)
Coil
Length
(feet)
Reel
Length
(feet)
Approx.
Weight/
100 feet
(pounds)
Over Jacket
(min/max)
Internal
Diameter
(min/max)
inches
External Diameter (inches)
Over Conduit
(min/max)
6201-30-BK
3/8
12
100'
—
24
0.594/0.614
0.690/0.710
0.484/0.504
2
6202-30-BK
1/2
16
100'
—
31
0.732/0.765
0.820/0.840
0.622/0.642
3.25
6202-45-BK
1/2
16
—
500'
31
0.732/0.765
0.820/0.840
0.622/0.642
3.25
6202-60-BK
1/2
16
—
1000'
31
0.732/0.765
0.820/0.840
0.622/0.642
3.25
6203-30-BK
3/4
21
100'
—
49
0.930/0.960
1.030/1.050
0.820/0.840
4.25
6203-45-BK
3/4
21
—
500'
49
0.930/0.960
1.030/1.050
0.820/0.840
4.25
6203-60-BK
3/4
21
—
1000'
49
0.930/0.960
1.030/1.050
0.820/0.840
4.25
6204-30-BK
1
27
100'
—
79
1.201/1.226
1.290/1.315
1.041/1.066
6.5
6204-80-BK
1
27
—
400'
79
1.201/1.226
1.290/1.315
1.041/1.066
6.5
6205-24-BK
11⁄4
35
50'
—
103
1.540/1.570
1.630/1.660
1.380/1.410
8
6205-40-BK
11⁄4
35
—
200'
103
1.540/1.570
1.630/1.660
1.380/1.410
8
6206-24-BK
6206-35-BK
6207-30-BK
11⁄2
41
50'
—
109
1.735/1.770
1.865/1.900
1.575/1.600
9
11⁄2
41
—
150'
109
1.735/1.770
1.865/1.900
1.575/1.600
9
2
53
—
100'
146
2.180/2.215
2.340/2.375
2.020/2.045
11.12
NOTE: All dimensions and weights are subject to normal manufacturing tolerances.
Review NEC® 350.60 and 250.118(6) for grounding requirements, conduit sizes 11⁄2" and larger.
Minimum order quantity required.
For more colors and sizes see the next page.
22
Bend
Radius
(inches)
www.afcweb.com
CAT1105_LT Body Pages_v4
5/25/11
10:59 AM
Page 23
Liquid-Tuff™ – Flexible Liquidtight Conduit
Commercial
LIQUID-TUFF™ – UL Liquidtight Flexible Steel Conduit, Type LFMC
(Grey, Black, Red, Orange, Yellow, Green)
Ordering Information
Product Dimensions/Bend Radius
Product
Code
Gray
Trade
Size
(inches)
Trade
Size
(mm)
Coil
Length
(feet)
Reel
Length
(feet)
Approx.
Weight/
100 feet
(pounds)
Over Jacket
(min/max)
Internal
Diameter
(min/max)
inches
Over Conduit
(min/max)
Bend
Radius
(inches)
6201-30-00
6201-45-00
6201-60-00
6201-65-00
6202-30-00
6202-45-00
6202-60-00
6202-68-00
6203-30-00
6203-45-00
6203-60-00
6203-66-00
6204-30-00
6204-41-00
6204-64-00
6205-24-00
6205-40-00
6205-47-00
6206-24-00
6206-35-00
6206-62-00
6207-24-00
6207-30-00
6207-80-00
6208-22-00
6208-79-00
6209-22-00
6209-56-00
6220-22-00
6220-56-00
6210-22-00
6210-30-00
3/8
3/8
3/8
3/8
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
1
1
1
11⁄4
11⁄4
11⁄4
11⁄2
11⁄2
11⁄2
2
2
2
21⁄2
21⁄2
3
3
31⁄2
31⁄2
4
4
12
12
12
12
16
16
16
16
21
21
21
21
27
27
27
35
35
35
41
41
41
53
53
53
63
63
78
78
91
91
103
103
100'
—
—
—
100'
—
—
—
100'
—
—
—
100'
—
—
50'
—
—
50'
—
—
50'
—
—
25'
—
25'
—
25'
—
25'
—
—
500'
1000'
2500'
—
500'
1000'
3500'
—
500'
1000'
2000'
—
400'
1250'
—
200'
750'
—
150'
600'
—
100'
300'
—
275'
—
175'
—
175'
—
100'
24
24
24
24
31
31
31
31
49
49
49
49
79
79
79
103
103
103
109
109
109
146
146
146
169
169
195
195
230
230
250
250
0.594/0.614
0.594/0.614
0.594/0.614
0.594/0.614
0.732/0.765
0.732/0.765
0.732/0.765
0.732/0.765
0.930/0.960
0.930/0.960
0.930/0.960
0.930/0.960
1.201/1.226
1.201/1.226
1.201/1.226
1.540/1.570
1.540/1.570
1.540/1.570
1.735/1.770
1.735/1.770
1.735/1.770
2.180/2.215
2.180/2.215
2.180/2.215
2.640/2.675
2.640/2.675
3.295/3.335
3.295/3.335
3.720/3.789
3.720/3.789
4.220/4.280
4.220/4.280
0.690/0.710
0.690/0.710
0.690/0.710
0.690/0.710
0.820/0.840
0.820/0.840
0.820/0.840
0.820/0.840
1.030/1.050
1.030/1.050
1.030/1.050
1.030/1.050
1.290/1.315
1.290/1.315
1.290/1.315
1.630/1.660
1.630/1.660
1.630/1.660
1.865/1.900
1.865/1.900
1.865/1.900
2.340/2.375
2.340/2.375
2.340/2.375
2.840/2.875
2.840/2.875
3.460/3.500
3.460/3.500
3.960/4.000
3.960/4.000
4.460/4.500
4.460/4.500
0.484/0.504
0.484/0.504
0.484/0.504
0.484/0.504
0.622/0.642
0.622/0.642
0.622/0.642
0.622/0.642
0.820/0.840
0.820/0.840
0.820/0.840
0.820/0.840
1.041/1.066
1.041/1.066
1.041/1.066
1.380/1.410
1.380/1.410
1.380/1.410
1.575/1.600
1.575/1.600
1.575/1.600
2.020/2.045
2.020/2.045
2.020/2.045
2.480/2.505
2.480/2.505
3.070/3.100
3.070/3.100
3.500/3.540
3.500/3.540
4.000/4.040
4.000/4.040
2
2
2
2
3.25
3.25
3.25
3.25
4.25
4.25
4.25
4.25
6.5
6.5
6.5
8
8
8
9
9
9
11.12
11.12
11.12
14.62
14.62
17.5
17.5
20
20
24
24
1/2
1/2
3/4
3/4
16
16
21
21
100'
—
100'
—
—
1000'
—
500' *
31
31
49
49
0.732/0.765
0.732/0.765
0.930/0.960
0.930/0.960
0.820/0.840
0.820/0.840
1.030/1.050
1.030/1.050
0.622/0.642
0.622/0.642
0.820/0.840
0.820/0.840
3.25
3.25
4.25
4.25
1/2
1/2
3/4
3/4
16
16
21
21
100'
—
100'
—
—
1000'
—
500' *
31
31
49
49
0.732/0.765
0.732/0.765
0.930/0.960
0.930/0.960
0.820/0.840
0.820/0.840
1.030/1.050
1.030/1.050
0.622/0.642
0.622/0.642
0.820/0.840
0.820/0.840
3.25
3.25
4.25
4.25
1/2
1/2
3/4
3/4
16
16
21
21
100'
—
100'
—
—
1000'
—
500' *
31
31
49
49
0.732/0.765
0.732/0.765
0.930/0.960
0.930/0.960
0.820/0.840
0.820/0.840
1.030/1.050
1.030/1.050
0.622/0.642
0.622/0.642
0.820/0.840
0.820/0.840
3.25
3.25
4.25
4.25
1/2
1/2
3/4
3/4
16
16
21
21
100'
—
100'
—
1000'
—
500' *
31
31
49
49
0.732/0.765
0.732/0.765
0.930/0.960
0.930/0.960
0.820/0.840
0.820/0.840
1.030/1.050
1.030/1.050
0.622/0.642
0.622/0.642
0.820/0.840
0.820/0.840
3.25
3.25
4.25
4.25
External Diameter (inches)
RED*
6202-30-RD
6202-60-RD
6203-30-RD
6203-45-RD
ORANGE*
6202-30-OE
6202-60-OE
6203-30-OE
6203-45-OE
YELLOW*
6202-30-YW
6202-60-YW
6203-30-YW
6203-45-YW
GREEN*
6202-30-GN
6202-60-GN
6203-30-GN
6203-45-GN
NOTE: All dimensions and weights are subject to normal manufacturing tolerances.
Review NEC ® 350.60 and 250.118(6) for grounding requirements.
* 3⁄4” available on 1000’ Reels, call for details
www.afcweb.com
23
19
CAT1105_LT Body Pages_v4
5/25/11
10:59 AM
Page 24
Liquid-Tuff™ – Flexible Liquidtight Conduit
Commercial
LIQUID-TUFF™
UL Liquidtight Flexible Steel Conduit, Type LFMC
Scope
This specification covers AFC Cable Systems, Inc. UL LIQUID-TUFF™
Liquidtight Flexible Steel Conduit designed for use as a raceway for
power, control and communication cables in accordance with Article
350 of the National Electrical Code. The product is Underwriters
Laboratories Inc. (UL) Listed for 80°C (176°F) in a dry location, 60°C
(140°F) in a wet location and 70°C (158°F) in an oily location. It is also
UL Listed in all trade sizes for direct burial in either earth or concrete
encasement, outdoor use and sunlight resistance. This LIQUID-TUFF® is
now UL Listed for 70°C OIL RESISTANT applications. In addition the
product is CSA certified for use at 75°C (167°F) in dry and oily locations
and for minus 25°C (-13°F) low temperature applications. This
Liquidtight Flexible Steel Conduit is manufactured and tested in
accordance with Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Standard UL 360 and
CSA International Standard CSA C22.2 Number 56. The product carries
the UL Listing Mark and the CSA Certification Mark.
Construction
LIQUID-TUFF™ LFMC- UL
Reference Standards
UL 360
Standard for Liquidtight Flexible Steel Conduit
CSA C22.2 No. 56 Standard for Flexible Metal Conduit and
Liquidtight Flexible Metal Conduit
The Type UL Liquidtight Flexible Steel Conduit shall be formed from a
zinc coated galvanized low carbon steel strip having a uniform width
and thickness. The construction shall be in accordance with UL 360
and CSA C22.2 Number 56 requirements. The finished Type LFMC
dimensions shall be in accordance with Table 5.1 of UL 360 and Table 2
of CSA C22.2 No. 56 which are summarized in Table 3.
File Reference(s):
UL E26540; CSA 51593
NEC® Articles:
250.118(6), 350.60, 390.15, 501.10(B)(2),
502.10(A)(2), 503.10(A)(2), 511.7(A)(1), 645.5(D)(2),
680.21, 680.42, 695.6(E) and 695.14(E)
Jacket – PVC
Department of Defense Adopted UL 360 on October 1, 1987
A rugged moisture, oil and sunlight resistant polyvinyl chloride (PVC)
jacket shall be applied directly over the flexible metal conduit with a wall
thickness in accordance with Table 4.1 of UL 360 and Table 4 of CSA
C22.2 No.56 which are summarized in Table 2.
Jacket Colors: Grey, Black, Red, Orange, Yellow or Green
24
Grounding
Markings
Permanent circuit ground protection is provided through the continuous
bonding strip built into the conduit core in sizes 3/8" through 11⁄4". A
separate grounding conductor is required by the NEC® for trade sizes
11⁄2" and larger. The Canadian Electric Code requires a grounding
conductor for all trade sizes of Liquidtight Flexible Metal Conduit.
The surface of the outer jacket shall be clearly marked with a legible
print legend in compliance with UL 360 and CSA C22.2 No. 56.
www.afcweb.com
Performance Tests
In accordance with UL 360 and CSA C22.2 No. 56, the completed UL
LIQUID-TUFF™ Liquidtight Flexible Steel Conduit shall meet all of the
performance requirements outlined in Appendix A.
CAT1105_LT Body Pages_v4
5/25/11
10:59 AM
Page 25
Liquid-Tuff™ – Flexible Liquidtight Conduit
Commercial
LIQUID-TUFF™
UL Liquidtight Flexible Steel Conduit, Type LFMC
Table 2
Jacket Thickness
Appendix A
Conduit Trade
Minimum Acceptable Average
Trade Size Metric Designator Thickness of Jacket, (inches)
3/8
12
0.030
1/2
16
0.030
3/4
21
0.035
1
27
0.035
11⁄4
35
0.035
11⁄2
41
0.040
2
53
0.040
21⁄2
63
0.050
3
78
0.050
31⁄2
91
0.060
4
103
0.060
UL Performance Tests
CSA Performance Tests
Resistance and High Current
Fault Current
Impact
Tension
Crushing
Pipe Stiffness
Flexibility
Zinc Coating
Vertical Flame
Physical Properties
Deformation
Mechanical Water Absorption
Moisture Penetration
Sunlight Resistance
Test for Secureness of Fittings
Test for Durability of Ink Printing
Physical Properties
Original Tensile and Elongation
Air Oven Aging Test
Oil Immersion Test
Deformation Test
Tension
Zinc Coating
Low Temperature Flexibility
Vertical Flame
Cold Impact
Pinhole Test
Compatibility with Connectors
Table 3
Conduit Diameters
Acceptable Internal and External Diameters
Conduit Size
Internal
Trade
Metric
Diameter, In.
Size, In. Designator Min. Max.
Over
Conduit, In.
Min. Max.
Over
Jacket, In.
Min. Max.
3/8
12
0.484 0.504 0.594
0.614 0.690 0.710
1/2
16
0.622 0.642 0.732
0.765 0.820 0.840
3/4
21
0.820 0.840 0.930
0.960 1.030 1.050
1
27
1.041 1.066 1.201
1.226 1.290 1.315
11⁄4
35
1.380 1.410 1.540
1.570 1.630 1.660
11⁄2
41
1.575 1.600 1.735
1.770 1.865 1.900
2
53
2.020 2.045 2.180
2.215 2.340 2.375
21⁄2
63
2.480 2.505 2.640
2.675 2.840 2.875
3
78
3.070 3.100 3.295
3.335 3.460 3.500
31⁄2
91
3.500 3.540 3.720
3.789 3.960 4.000
4
103
4.000
4.280
www.afcweb.com
4.040
4.220
4.460
4.500
25
21
ELECTRICAL
CONDUIT
SUBMITTAL AND DATA SHEET
SCHEDULE 40 AND SCHEDULE 80 CONDUIT, ANSI/UL 651. MEETS OR EXCEEEDS THE
REQUIREMENTS OF NEMA TC-2
RIGID NON-METALLIC CONDUIT FOR USE IN BOTH ABOVE GROUND AND UNDERGROUND INSTALLATIONS
SCHEDULE 40 CONDUIT
Rated for 90ºC Conductors
SIZE
AVERAGE O.D.
NOM. I.D.
MIN. T.
APPROX. WT/100 FT
1/2
0.840
0.622
0.109
18
3/4
1.050
0.824
0.113
24
1
1.315
1.049
0.133
33
1-1/4
1.660
1.380
0.140
45
1-1/2
1.900
1.610
0.145
56
2
2.375
2.067
0.154
76
2-1/2
2.875
2.469
0.203
126
3
3.500
3.068
0.216
163
3-1/2
4.000
3.548
0.226
197
4
4.500
4.026
0.237
234
5
5.563
5.047
0.258
319
6
6.625
6.065
0.280
411
8 ::
8.625
7.942
0.322
622
Schedule 40 is furnished in standard 10' lengths with one bell end.
20’ lengths are available upon request.
: : Non-UL
SCHEDULE 80 CONDUIT
Rated for 90ºC Conductors
SIZE
AVERAGE O.D.
NOM. I.D.
MIN. T.
APPROX. WT/100 FT
1/2
0.840
0.546
0.147
22
3/4
1.050
0.742
0.154
30
1
1.315
0.957
0.179
42
1-1/4
1.660
1.278
0.191
60
1-1/2
1.900
1.500
0.200
72
2
2.375
1.939
0.218
98
2-1/2
2.875
2.323
0.276
160
3
3.500
2.900
0.300
213
3 1/2
4.000
3.364
0.318
256
4
4.500
3.826
0.337
310
5
5.563
4.813
0.375
430
6
6.625
5.761
0.432
590
Schedule 80 is furnished in standard 10' lengths with one bell end.
20' lengths are available upon request.
ELBOWS
U L S P E C I A L R A D I U S 9 0 º E L B OW S
c/w Solvent Bell End
Part
Number
Product
Code
D
(inches)
T
(inches)
R
(inches)
2
NSL 2-24
068725
2.375
2.000
24.00
2
NSL 2-36
068765
2.375
2.000
36.00
3
NSL 3-24
068727
3.500
3.125
24.00
3
NSL 3-36
068767
3.500
3.125
36.00
4
NSL 4-36
068769
4.500
3.375
36.00
4
NSL 4-48
068789
4.500
3.375
48.00
5
NSL 5-36
068771
5.563
3.625
36.00
6
NSL 6-36
068772
6.625
3.370
36.00
CONDUIT FITTINGS
Size
(inches)
R
T
D
Note: Other sizes are available and in stock. Consult your IPEX price list.
U L 9 0 º E L B OW S
Size
(inches)
Pro/code
Bell End
Pro/code
Plain End
D
(inches)
T
(inches)
R
(inches)
1/2
068420
068580
0.840
1.500
4.00
3/4
068421
068581
1.050
1.500
4.50
1
068422
068582
1.315
1.875
5.75
1-1/4
068423
068583
1.660
2.000
7.25
1-1/2
068424
068584
1.900
2.000
8.25
2
068425
056858
2.375
2.000
9.50
2-1/2
068426
068586
2.875
3.000
10.50
3
068427
068587
3.500
3.125
13.00
3-1/2
068428
068588
4.000
3.250
15.00
4
068429
068589
4.500
3.375
16.00
5
068430
068591
5.563
3.625
24.00
6
068431
068592
6.625
3.750
36.00
R
T
D
25
ADAPTERS
T E R M I N A L A DA P T E R S
CONDUIT FITTINGS
1/2" - 1-1/4" Tapered Thread; 1-1/2" - 6" Non-Tapered Thread
Size
(inches)
Part
Number
Product
Code
A
(inches)
B
(inches)
C
(inches)
D
(inches)
1/2
TA10
077021
0.700
0.591
0.750
1.550
3/4
TA15
077022
0.675
0.790
1.000
1.750
1
TA20
077023
0.625
1.000
1.115
1.860
1-1/4
TA25
077024
0.640
1.311
1.300
2.125
1-1/2
TA30
077025
0.725
1.530
1.425
2.250
2
TA35
077026
0.800
1.970
1.150
2.100
2-1/2
TA40
077027
0.800
2.346
1.900
2.930
3
TA45
077028
0.815
2.915
2.000
3.055
3-1/2
TA50
077029
1.000
3.385
1.715
3.055
4
TA55
077030
0.815
3.850
1.990
3.215
5
TA60
077031
1.725
5.015
2.000
5.985
6
TA65
077032
1.875
6.025
2.130
6.500
F E M A L E A DA P T E R S
NPT Tapered Thread
20
Size
(inches)
Part
Number
Product
Code
A
(inches)
B
(inches)
C
(inches)
D
(inches)
1/2
FA10
077041
0.800
0.620
0.825
1.725
3/4
FA15
077042
0.800
0.820
1.000
1.900
1
FA20
077043
1.000
1.065
1.200
2.300
1-1/4
FA25
077044
1.015
1.395
1.300
2.425
1-1/2
FA30
077045
1.050
1.575
1.290
2.440
2
FA35
077046
1.075
2.050
1.375
2.550
2-1/2
FA40
077047
1.675
2.470
1.985
3.760
3
FA45
077048
1.630
3.090
2.150
4.100
3-1/2
FA50
077049
1.800
3.540
2.000
3.985
4
FA55
077050
1.755
4.025
2.185
4.210
5
FA60
077051
2.065
5.035
3.000
5.240
6
FA65
077052
2.065
6.045
3.000
5.235
B
C
A
D
COUPLINGS
CONDUIT FITTINGS
COUPLINGS
Size
(inches)
Part
Number
Product
Code
A
(inches)
B
(inches)
C
(inches)
1/2
EC10
068000
1.060
0.844
1.400
3/4
EC15
068001
1.310
1.056
1.640
1
EC20
077003
1.590
1.315
2.031
1-1/4
EC25
077004
2.000
1.660
2.156
1-1/2
EC30
077005
2.230
1.900
2.281
2
EC35
077006
2.720
2.375
2.406
2-1/2
EC40
077007
3.320
2.875
3.187
3
EC45
077008
4.000
3.500
3.437
3-1/2
EC50
077009
4.500
4.000
3.625
4
EC55
077010
5.000
4.500
3.750
5
EC60
077011
6.120
5.563
4.187
6
EC65
077012
7.370
6.625
4.562
5º COUPLINGS
18
Size
(inches)
Part
Number
Product
Code
L
(inches)
2
5EC35
077100
4.0
2-1/2
5EC40
077101
5.5
3
5EC45
077103
6.0
3-1/2
5EC50
077102
7.0
4
5EC55
077104
7.0
5
5EC60
077105
7.5
6
5EC65
077106
11.0
PRODUCT BULLETIN
746 Pool Heavy
™
IPS CORPORATION
LOW VOC PVC SOLVENT CEMENT
GENERAL DESCRIPTION:
WELD-ON® 746™ Pool Heavy is a clear or gray, low VOC emission, heavy bodied, medium setting, high strength PVC solvent
cement for all classes and schedules of pipe and fittings, including Schedule 80, with interference fit through 12 inch (315 mm)
diameter. Can be used on non-pressure applications through 18 inch (450mm) diameter. It has good gap filling properties and is
recommended for solvent cementing joints where a sizable gap exists between pipe and fitting – e.g. large pipe sizes – and when
more working time is required in warm weather.
APPLICATION:
WELD-ON 746 Pool Heavy is for use on all types of PVC plastic pipe Pool & Spa applications.
Detailed directions on making solvent cemented joints are printed on the container label. An installation DVD/CD covering solvent
cementing is available. It not only describes the basic principles of solvent cementing, but also covers the handling, storage
and use of our products. It is highly recommended that the installer review the instructions supplied by the pipe and fitting
manufacturer. NOTE: WELD-ON solvent cements must never be used in a PVC system using or being tested by compressed air or
gases; including air-over-water booster.
AVAILABILITY:
This product is available in ½ pint (237 ml), pint (473 ml), quart (946 ml) and gallon (3.785 l) metal cans. For detailed information
on containers and applicators, see our current Price List.
STANDARDS AND CERTIFICATION LISTINGS:
UP
®
C
®
PW-G / DWV / SW
ƒƒ Meets ASTM D 2564 Standard.
ƒƒ Meets SCAQMD Rule 1168/316A.
ƒƒ Compliant with LEED® (Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design). When using this WELD-ON Low
VOC product, credit can be claimed for LEED Green Building Rating System - Indoor Environmental Quality.
ƒƒ Listed by NSF International for compliance with ASTM D 2564, NSF/ANSI Standard 14 and NSF/ANSI
Standard 61 for use in potable water, drain, waste, vent and sewer applications.
C
US
PW-G / DWV / SW
Gray Only
ƒƒ Gray Cement Only - Meets CSA standards B137.3 and B181.2 for use in pressure and non-pressure potable
water, drain, waste, and vent applications.
ƒƒ Listed by IAPMO for compliance with ASTM D 2564 and applicable sections of the latest edition of the Uniform
Plumbing Code®.
SPECIFICATIONS:
COLOR:
RESIN:
SPECIFIC GRAVITY:
BROOKFIELD VISCOSITY:
Clear or Gray
PVC
0.963 ± 0.04
Minimum 1,600 cP @ 73 °± 2°F (23° ± 1°C)
SHELF LIFE:
3 years in tightly sealed containers. The date code of manufacture is stamped on the bottom of the container. Stability of the product
is limited by the evaporation of the solvent when the container is opened. Evaporation of solvent will cause the cement to thicken
and reduce its effectiveness. Adding of thinners to change viscosity is not recommended and may significantly change the properties of the cement.
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
WELD-ON 746 Pool Heavy is carefully evaluated to assure that consistent high quality is maintained. Fourier transform infrared
spectroscopy, gas chromatography, and additional in depth testing ensures each batch is manufactured to exacting standards. A
batch identification code is stamped on each can and assures traceability of all materials and processes used in manufacturing this
solvent cement.
SHIPPING:
For One Liter and Above
Proper Shipping Name: Adhesive
Hazard Class: 3
Identification Number: UN 1133
Packing Group: II
Label Required: Flammable Liquid
Copyright © 2010 by IPS Corporation
For Less than One Liter
Proper Shipping Name: Consumer Commodity
Hazard Class: ORM-D
746-02-2010
SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENTAL PRECAUTIONS:
This product is flammable and considered a hazardous material. In conformance with the Federal Hazardous Substances Labeling Act, the
following hazards and precautions are given. Purchasers who repackage this product must also conform to all local, state and federal labeling,
safety and other regulations. VOC emissions do not exceed 510 grams per liter.
DANGER: EXTREMELY FLAMMABLE. VAPOR HARMFUL.
MAY BE HARMFUL IF SWALLOWED. MAY IRRITATE SKIN OR EYES.
Keep out of reach of children. Do not take internally. Keep away from heat, spark, open flame and other sources of ignition. Vapors may ignite
explosively. Solvent cement vapors are heavier than air and may travel to source(s) of ignition at or near ground or lower level(s) and flash
back. Keep container closed when not in use. Store between 40°F (5°C) and 110°F (44°C). Avoid breathing of vapors. Use only in well-ventilated area. If confined or partially enclosed, use forced ventilation. When necessary, use local exhaust ventilation to remove harmful airborne
contaminants from employee breathing zone and to keep contaminates below 25 ppm TWA. Atmospheric levels must be maintained below
established exposure limits contained in Section II of the Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS). If airborne concentrations exceed those limits,
use of a NIOSH approved organic vapor cartridge respirator with full face-piece is recommended. The effectiveness of an air-purifying respirator is limited. Use it only for a single short-term exposure. For emergency and other conditions where short-term exposure guidelines may be
exceeded, use an approved positive pressure self-contained breathing apparatus. Do not smoke, eat or drink while working with this product.
Avoid contact with skin, eyes and clothing. May cause eye injury. Protective equipment such as gloves, goggles and impervious apron should
be used. Carefully read Material Safety Data Sheet and follow all precautions. Do not use this product for other than intended use.
“SARA Title III Section 313 Supplier Notification”: This product contains toxic chemicals subject to the reporting requirements of Section 313
of the Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act (EPCRA) of 1986 and of 40CFR372. This information must be included in all
MSDS that are copied and distributed for this material.
FIRST AID:
Inhalation:
If overcome with vapors, remove to fresh air. If not breathing, give artificial respiration.
If breathing is difficult, give oxygen. Call physician.
Eye Contact:
Flush with plenty of water for 15 minutes and call a physician.
Skin Contact:
Wash skin with plenty of soap and water for at least 15 minutes.
If irritation develops, get medical attention.
Ingestion:
If swallowed, give 1 or 2 glasses of water or milk. Do not induce vomiting.
Contact physician or poison control center immediately.
SPECIAL PRECAUTION:
Do not use a dry granular calcium hypochlorite as a disinfecting material for water purification in potable water piping systems. The introduction of granules or pellets of calcium hypochlorite with PVC and CPVC solvent cements and primers (including their vapors) may result in a
violent chemical reaction if a water solution is not used. It is advisable to purify lines by pumping chlorinated water into the piping system – this
solution will be nonvolatile. Furthermore, dry granular calcium hypochlorite should not be stored or used near solvent cements and primers.
IMPORTANT NOTE:
This product is intended for use by skilled individuals at their own risk. These suggestions and data are based on information we believe to
be reliable. Installers should verify for themselves that they can make satisfactory joints under varying conditions. Toward this end, it is highly
desirable that they receive personal instruction from trained instructors or competent, experienced installers. Contact IPS® Corporation or
your supplier for additional information or instructions.
WARRANTY:
IPS® Corporation (“IPS Corp.”) warrants that all new IPS Corp. products shall be of good quality and free from defects in material and workmanship for the shelf life as indicated on the product. If any IPS Corp. product becomes defective, or fails to conform to our written limited
warranty under normal use and storage conditions, then IPS Corp. will, without charge, replace the nonconforming product. However, this
limited warranty shall not extend to, nor shall IPS Corp. be responsible for, damages or loss resulting from accident, misuse, negligent use,
improper application, or incorporation of IPS Corp. products into other products. In addition, any repackaging of IPS Corp. products also shall
void the limited warranty. IPS Corp. shall not be responsible for, nor does this limited warranty extend to, consequential damage, or incidental
damage or expense, including without limitation, injury to persons or property or loss of use. Please refer to our standard IPS Corp. Limited
Warranty for additional provisions.
455 W. Victoria Street
Compton, CA 90220 U.S.A.
Tel: 310.898.3300
Fax: 310.898.3392
Customer Service: 800.888.8312
www.ipscorp.com
500 Distribution Parkway
Collierville, TN 38017 U.S.A.
Tel: 901.853.5001
Fax: 901.853.5008
GHS SAFETY DATA SHEET
Date Revised: DEC 2011
®
WELD-ON 746™ Pool Heavy Low VOC Cements for PVC Plastic Pipe
Supersedes:
JAN 2010
SECTION I - PRODUCT AND COMPANY IDENTIFICATION
PRODUCT NAME:
WELD-ON® 746™ Pool Heavy Low VOC Cements for PVC Plastic Pipe
PRODUCT USE:
Low VOC Solvent Cement for PVC Plastic Pipe
SUPPLIER:
MANUFACTURER:
EMERGENCY: Transportation: CHEMTEL Tel. 800.255-3924, 813-248-0585 (International)
IPS Corporation
17109 South Main Street, Carson, CA 90248-3127
P.O. Box 379, Gardena, CA 90247-0379
Tel. 1-310-898-3300
Medical: Tel. 800.451.8346, 760.602.8703 3E Company (International)
SECTION 2 - HAZARDS IDENTIFICATION
GHS CLASSIFICATION:
Health
Acute Toxicity:
Category 4
Skin Irritation:
Category 3
Skin Sensitization:
NO
Eye:
Category 2B
Acute Toxicity:
Chronic Toxicity:
Environmental
None Known
None Known
GHS LABEL:
Physical
Flammable Liquid
Signal Word:
Danger
OR
WHMIS CLASSIFICATION:
Hazard Statements
Category 2
CLASS B, DIVISION 2
Precautionary Statements
H225: Highly flammable liquid and vapor
P210: Keep away from heat/sparks/open flames/hot surfaces – No smoking
H319: Causes serious eye irritation
P261: Avoid breathing dust/fume/gas/mist/vapors/spray
H332: Harmful if inhaled
P280: Wear protective gloves/protective clothing/eye protection/face protection
H335: May cause respiratory irritation
P304+P340: IF INHALED: Remove victim to fresh air and keep at rest in a position comfortable for breathing
H336: May cause drowsiness or dizziness
P403+P233: Store in a well ventilated place. Keep container tightly closed
EUH019: May form explosive peroxides
P501: Dispose of contents/container in accordance with local regulation
SECTION 3 - COMPOSITION/INFORMATION ON INGREDIENTS
CAS#
Tetrahydrofuran (THF)
Methyl Ethyl Ketone (MEK)
Cyclohexanone
109-99-9
78-93-3
108-94-1
EINECS #
203-726-8
201-159-0
203-631-1
REACH
Pre-registration Number
CONCENTRATION
% by Weight
05-2116297729-22-0000
05-2116297728-24-0000
05-2116297718-25-0000
20 - 65
5 - 30
10 - 25
All of the constituents of this adhesive product are listed on the TSCA inventory of chemical substances maintained by the US EPA, or are exempt from that listing.
* Indicates this chemical is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 313 of the Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act of 1986 (40CFR372).
# indicates that this chemical is found on Proposition 65’s List of chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer or reproductive toxicity.
SECTION 4 - FIRST AID MEASURES
Contact with eyes:
Skin contact:
Inhalation:
Ingestion:
Flush eyes immediately with plenty of water for 15 minutes and seek medical advice immediately.
Remove contaminated clothing and shoes. Wash skin thoroughly with soap and water. If irritation develops, seek medical advice.
Remove to fresh air. If breathing is stopped, give artificial respiration. If breathing is difficult, give oxygen. Seek medical advice.
Rinse mouth with water. Give 1 or 2 glasses of water or milk to dilute. Do not induce vomiting. Seek medical advice immediately.
SECTION 5 - FIREFIGHTING MEASURES
Suitable Extinguishing Media:
Unsuitable Extinguishing Media:
Exposure Hazards:
Combustion Products:
Protection for Firefighters:
Dry chemical powder, carbon dioxide gas, foam, Halon, water fog.
Water spray or stream.
Inhalation and dermal contact
Oxides of carbon, hydrogen chloride and smoke
Health
Flammability
Reactivity
PPE
Self-contained breathing apparatus or full-face positive pressure airline masks.
HMIS
2
3
0
B
NFPA
2
3
0
0-Minimal
1-Slight
2-Moderate
3-Serious
4-Severe
SECTION 6 - ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES
Personal precautions:
Keep away from heat, sparks and open flame.
Provide sufficient ventilation, use explosion-proof exhaust ventilation equipment or wear suitable respiratory protective equipment.
Prevent contact with skin or eyes (see section 8).
Environmental Precautions:
Prevent product or liquids contaminated with product from entering sewers, drains, soil or open water course.
Methods for Cleaning up:
Clean up with sand or other inert absorbent material. Transfer to a closable steel vessel.
Materials not to be used for clean up:
Aluminum or plastic containers
SECTION 7 - HANDLING AND STORAGE
Handling: Avoid breathing of vapor, avoid contact with eyes, skin and clothing.
Keep away from ignition sources, use only electrically grounded handling equipment and ensure adequate ventilation/fume exhaust hoods.
Do not eat, drink or smoke while handling.
Storage: Store in ventilated room or shade below 44°C (110°F) and away from direct sunlight.
Keep away from ignition sources and incompatible materials: caustics, ammonia, inorganic acids, chlorinated compounds, strong oxidizers and isocyanates.
Follow all precautionary information on container label, product bulletins and solvent cementing literature.
SECTION 8 - PRECAUTIONS TO CONTROL EXPOSURE / PERSONAL PROTECTION
EXPOSURE LIMITS:
Component
Tetrahydrofuran (THF)
Methyl Ethyl Ketone (MEK)
Cyclohexanone
ACGIH TLV
ACGIH STEL
OSHA PEL OSHA STEL:
50 ppm
200 ppm
20 ppm
100 ppm
300 ppm
50 ppm
200 ppm
200 ppm
50 ppm
Engineering Controls: Use local exhaust as needed.
Monitoring:
Maintain breathing zone airborne concentrations below exposure limits.
Personal Protective Equipment (PPE):
Eye Protection:
Avoid contact with eyes, wear splash-proof chemical goggles, face shield, safety glasses (spectacles) with brow guards and side shields,
etc. as may be appropriate for the exposure.
Skin Protection:
Prevent contact with the skin as much as possible. Butyl rubber gloves should be used for frequent immersion.
Use of solvent-resistant gloves or solvent-resistant barrier cream should provide adequate protection when normal adhesive application
practices and procedures are used for making structural bonds.
Respiratory Protection: Prevent inhalation of the solvents. Use in a well-ventilated room. Open doors and/or windows to ensure airflow and air changes. Use local
exhaust ventilation to remove airborne contaminants from employee breathing zone and to keep contaminants below levels listed above.
With normal use, the Exposure Limit Value will not usually be reached. When limits approached, use respiratory protection equipment.
Filename: W-O746PoolHeavyLoVoc_12-11.xls
Page 1 of 2
12/14/2011 3:09 PM
GHS SAFETY DATA SHEET
Date Revised: DEC 2011
®
WELD-ON 746™ Pool Heavy Low VOC Cements for PVC Plastic Pipe
Supersedes:
JAN 2010
SECTION 9 - PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES
Appearance:
Gray or clear, heavy syrupy liquid
Odor:
Ketone
Odor Threshold:
0.88 ppm (Cyclohexanone)
pH:
Not Applicable
Melting/Freezing Point:
-108.5°C (-163.3°F) Based on first melting component: THF
Boiling Range:
66°C (151°F) to 156°C (313°F)
Boiling Point:
66°C (151°F) Based on first boiling component: THF
Evaporation Rate:
> 1.0 (BUAC = 1)
Flash Point:
-20°C (-4°F) TCC based on THF
Flammability:
Category 2
Specific Gravity:
0.963 @23°C ( 73°F)
Flammability Limits:
LEL: 1.1% based on Cyclohexanone
Solubility:
Solvent portion soluble in water. Resin portion separates out.
UEL: 11.8% based on THF
Partition Coefficient n-octanol/water:
Not Available
Vapor Pressure:
129 mm Hg @ 20°C (68°F)based on THF
Auto-ignition Temperature:
321°C (610°F) based on THF
Vapor Density:
>2 (Air = 1)
Decomposition Temperature:
Not Applicable
Other Data: Viscosity:
Heavy bodied
When applied as directed, per SCAQMD Rule 1168, Test Method 316A,VOC content is: < 510 g/l.
VOC Content:
SECTION 10 - STABILITY AND REACTIVITY
Stability:
Hazardous decomposition products:
Conditions to avoid:
Incompatible Materials:
Stable
None in normal use. When forced to burn, this product gives off oxides of carbon, hydrogen chloride and smoke.
Keep away from heat, sparks, open flame and other ignition sources.
Oxidizers, strong acids and bases, amines, ammonia
SECTION 11 - TOXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION
Likely Routes of Exposure:
Inhalation, Eye and Skin Contact
Acute symptoms and effects:
Inhalation:
Severe overexposure may result in nausea, dizziness, headache. Can cause drowsiness, irritation of eyes and nasal passages.
Eye Contact:
Vapors slightly uncomfortable. Overexposure may result in severe eye injury with corneal or conjunctival inflammation on contact with the liquid.
Skin Contact:
Liquid contact may remove natural skin oils resulting in skin irritation. Dermatitis may occur with prolonged contact.
Ingestion:
May cause nausea, vomiting, diarrhea and mental sluggishness.
Chronic (long-term) effects:
None known to humans
LD50
LC50
Toxicity:
Inhalation 3 hrs. 21,000 mg/m3 (rat)
Tetrahydrofuran (THF)
Oral: 2842 mg/kg (rat)
Inhalation 8 hrs. 23,500 mg/m3 (rat)
Methyl Ethyl Ketone (MEK)
Oral: 2737 mg/kg (rat), Dermal: 6480 mg/kg (rabbit)
Cyclohexanone
Oral: 1535 mg/kg (rat), Dermal: 948 mg/kg (rabbit)
Inhalation 4 hrs. 8,000 PPM (rat)
Reproductive Effects
Not Established
Teratogenicity
Not Established
Mutagenicity
Not Established
Embryotoxicity
Not Established
Sensitization to Product
Not Established
Synergistic Products
Not Established
SECTION 12 - ECOLOGICAL INFORMATION
Ecotoxicity:
Mobility:
Degradability:
Bioaccumulation:
None Known
In normal use, emission of volatile organic compounds (VOC's) to the air takes place, typically at a rate of < 510 g/l.
Biodegradable
Minimal to none.
SECTION 13 - WASTE DISPOSAL CONSIDERATIONS
Follow local and national regulations. Consult disposal expert.
SECTION 14 - TRANSPORT INFORMATION
Proper Shipping Name:
Hazard Class:
Secondary Risk:
Identification Number:
Packing Group:
Label Required:
Marine Pollutant:
Adhesives
3
EXCEPTION for Ground Shipping
None
DOT Limited Quantity: Up to 5L per inner packaging, 30 kg gross weight per package.
UN 1133
Consumer Commodity: Depending on packaging, these quantities may qualify under DOT as "ORM-D" .
PG II
Class 3 Flammable Liquid
TDG INFORMATION
NO
TDG CLASS:
FLAMMABLE LIQUID 3
SHIPPING NAME:
ADHESIVES
UN NUMBER/PACKING GROUP:
UN 1133, PG II
SECTION 15 - REGULATORY INFORMATION
Precautionary Label Information: Highly Flammable, Irritant
Symbols:
F, Xi
Risk Phrases:
R11: Highly flammable.
R20: Harmful by inhalation.
R36/37: Irritating to eyes and respiratory system.
Safety Phrases:
S9: Keep container in a well-ventilated place.
S16: Keep away from sources of ignition - No smoking.
S25: Avoid contact with eyes.
Ingredient Listings: USA TSCA, Europe EINECS, Canada DSL, Australia
AICS, Korea ECL/TCCL, Japan MITI (ENCS)
R66: Repeated exposure may cause skin dryness or cracking
R67: Vapors may cause drowsiness and dizziness
S26: In case of contact with eyes, rinse immediately with plenty of water and seek medical advice.
S33: Take precautionary measures against static discharges.
S46: If swallowed, seek medical advise immediately and show this container or label.
SECTION 16 - OTHER INFORMATION
Specification Information:
Department issuing data sheet:
E-mail address:
IPS, Safety Health & Environmental Affairs
<EHSinfo@ipscorp.com>
Training necessary:
Reissue date / reason for reissue:
Intended Use of Product:
Yes, training in practices and procedures contained in product literature.
12/14/2011 / Updated GHS Standard Format
Solvent Cement for PVC Plastic Pipe
All ingredients are compliant with the requirements of the European
Directive on RoHS (Restriction of Hazardous Substances).
This product is intended for use by skilled individuals at their own risk. The information contained herein is based on data considered accurate based on current state of
knowledge and experience. However, no warranty is expressed or implied regarding the accuracy of this data or the results to be obtained from the use thereof.
Filename: W-O746PoolHeavyLoVoc_12-11.xls
Page 2 of 2
12/14/2011 3:09 PM
GHS SAFETY DATA SHEET
Date Revised: DEC 2011
WELD-ON® POOL Low VOC Primer for PVC Plastic Pipe
Supersedes:
OCT 2010
SECTION I - PRODUCT AND COMPANY IDENTIFICATION
PRODUCT NAME:
WELD-ON® POOL Low VOC Primer for PVC Plastic Pipe
PRODUCT USE:
Low VOC Primer for PVC Plastic Pipe
SUPPLIER:
MANUFACTURER:
EMERGENCY: Transportation: CHEMTEL Tel. 800.255-3924, 813-248-0585 (International)
IPS Corporation
17109 South Main Street, Carson, CA 90248-3127
P.O. Box 379, Gardena, CA 90247-0379
Tel. 1-310-898-3300
Medical: Tel. 800.451.8346, 760.602.8703 3E Company (International)
SECTION 2 - HAZARDS IDENTIFICATION
GHS CLASSIFICATION:
Health
Acute Toxicity:
Category 4
Skin Irritation:
Category 3
Skin Sensitization:
NO
Eye:
Category 2B
Acute Toxicity:
Chronic Toxicity:
Environmental
None Known
None Known
GHS LABEL:
Physical
Flammable Liquid
Signal Word:
Danger
OR
WHMIS CLASSIFICATION:
Hazard Statements
Category 2
CLASS B, DIVISION 2
Precautionary Statements
H225: Highly flammable liquid and vapor
P210: Keep away from heat/sparks/open flames/hot surfaces – No smoking
H319: Causes serious eye irritation
P261: Avoid breathing dust/fume/gas/mist/vapors/spray
H332: Harmful if inhaled
P280: Wear protective gloves/protective clothing/eye protection/face protection
H335: May cause respiratory irritation
P304+P340: IF INHALED: Remove victim to fresh air and keep at rest in a position comfortable for breathing
H336: May cause drowsiness or dizziness
P403+P233: Store in a well ventilated place. Keep container tightly closed
EUH019: May form explosive peroxides
P501: Dispose of contents/container in accordance with local regulation
SECTION 3 - COMPOSITION/INFORMATION ON INGREDIENTS
CAS#
Tetrahydrofuran (THF)
Methyl Ethyl Ketone (MEK)
Cyclohexanone
Acetone
109-99-9
78-93-3
108-94-1
67-64-1
EINECS #
203-726-8
201-159-0
203-631-1
200-662-2
REACH
Pre-registration Number
CONCENTRATION
% by Weight
05-2116297729-22-0000
05-2116297728-24-0000
05-2116297718-25-0000
05-2116297713-35-0000
15 - 25
15 - 25
10 - 30
25 - 40
All of the constituents of this adhesive product are listed on the TSCA inventory of chemical substances maintained by the US EPA, or are exempt from that listing.
* Indicates this chemical is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 313 of the Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act of 1986 (40CFR372).
# indicates that this chemical is found on Proposition 65’s List of chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer or reproductive toxicity.
SECTION 4 - FIRST AID MEASURES
Contact with eyes:
Skin contact:
Inhalation:
Ingestion:
Flush eyes immediately with plenty of water for 15 minutes and seek medical advice immediately.
Remove contaminated clothing and shoes. Wash skin thoroughly with soap and water. If irritation develops, seek medical advice.
Remove to fresh air. If breathing is stopped, give artificial respiration. If breathing is difficult, give oxygen. Seek medical advice.
Rinse mouth with water. Give 1 or 2 glasses of water or milk to dilute. Do not induce vomiting. Seek medical advice immediately.
SECTION 5 - FIREFIGHTING MEASURES
Suitable Extinguishing Media:
Unsuitable Extinguishing Media:
Exposure Hazards:
Combustion Products:
Protection for Firefighters:
Dry chemical powder, carbon dioxide gas, foam, Halon, water fog.
Water spray or stream.
Inhalation and dermal contact
Oxides of carbon and smoke
Health
Flammability
Reactivity
PPE
Self-contained breathing apparatus or full-face positive pressure airline masks.
HMIS
2
3
0
B
NFPA
2
3
0
0-Minimal
1-Slight
2-Moderate
3-Serious
4-Severe
SECTION 6 - ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES
Personal precautions:
Keep away from heat, sparks and open flame.
Provide sufficient ventilation, use explosion-proof exhaust ventilation equipment or wear suitable respiratory protective equipment.
Prevent contact with skin or eyes (see section 8).
Environmental Precautions:
Prevent product or liquids contaminated with product from entering sewers, drains, soil or open water course.
Methods for Cleaning up:
Clean up with sand or other inert absorbent material. Transfer to a closable steel vessel.
Materials not to be used for clean up:
Aluminum or plastic containers
SECTION 7 - HANDLING AND STORAGE
Handling: Avoid breathing of vapor, avoid contact with eyes, skin and clothing.
Keep away from ignition sources, use only electrically grounded handling equipment and ensure adequate ventilation/fume exhaust hoods.
Do not eat, drink or smoke while handling.
Storage: Store in ventilated room or shade below 44°C (110°F) and away from direct sunlight.
Keep away from ignition sources and incompatible materials: caustics, ammonia, inorganic acids, chlorinated compounds, strong oxidizers and isocyanates.
Follow all precautionary information on container label, product bulletins and solvent cementing literature.
SECTION 8 - PRECAUTIONS TO CONTROL EXPOSURE / PERSONAL PROTECTION
EXPOSURE LIMITS:
Component
Tetrahydrofuran (THF)
Methyl Ethyl Ketone (MEK)
Cyclohexanone
Acetone
ACGIH TLV
ACGIH STEL
50 ppm
200 ppm
20 ppm
500 ppm
100 ppm
300 ppm
50 ppm
750 ppm
OSHA PEL OSHA STEL:
200 ppm
200 ppm
50 ppm
1000 ppm
Engineering Controls: Use local exhaust as needed.
Monitoring:
Maintain breathing zone airborne concentrations below exposure limits.
Personal Protective Equipment (PPE):
Eye Protection:
Avoid contact with eyes, wear splash-proof chemical goggles, face shield, safety glasses (spectacles) with brow guards and side shields,
etc. as may be appropriate for the exposure.
Skin Protection:
Prevent contact with the skin as much as possible. Butyl rubber gloves should be used for frequent immersion.
Use of solvent-resistant gloves or solvent-resistant barrier cream should provide adequate protection when normal adhesive application
practices and procedures are used for making structural bonds.
Respiratory Protection: Prevent inhalation of the solvents. Use in a well-ventilated room. Open doors and/or windows to ensure airflow and air changes. Use local
exhaust ventilation to remove airborne contaminants from employee breathing zone and to keep contaminants below levels listed above.
With normal use, the Exposure Limit Value will not usually be reached. When limits approached, use respiratory protection equipment.
Filename: W-OPOOL Primer_LoVoc_12-11.xls
Page 1 of 2
12/14/2011 3:51 PM
GHS SAFETY DATA SHEET
Date Revised: DEC 2011
WELD-ON® POOL Low VOC Primer for PVC Plastic Pipe
Supersedes:
OCT 2010
SECTION 9 - PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES
Appearance:
Clear or purple, thin liquid
Odor:
Ethereal
Odor Threshold:
0.88 ppm (Cyclohexanone)
pH:
Not Applicable
Melting/Freezing Point:
-108.5°C (-163.3°F) Based on first melting component: THF
Boiling Range:
56°C (133°F) to 156°C (313°F)
Boiling Point:
56°C (133°F) Based on first boiling component: Acetone
Evaporation Rate:
> 1.0 (BUAC = 1)
Flash Point:
-20°C (-4°F) TCC based on Acetone
Flammability:
Category 2
Specific Gravity:
0.842 @23°C ( 73°F)
Flammability Limits:
LEL: 1.1% based on Cyclohexanone
Solubility:
Solvent portion soluble in water. Resin portion separates out.
UEL: 12.8% based on Acetone
Partition Coefficient n-octanol/water:
Not Available
Vapor Pressure:
190 mm Hg @ 20°C (68°F) Acetone
Auto-ignition Temperature:
321°C (610°F) based on THF
Vapor Density:
>2.0 (Air = 1)
Decomposition Temperature:
Not Applicable
Other Data: Viscosity:
Water-thin
When applied as directed, per SCAQMD Rule 1168, Test Method 316A,VOC content is: < 550 g/l.
VOC Content:
SECTION 10 - STABILITY AND REACTIVITY
Stability:
Hazardous decomposition products:
Conditions to avoid:
Incompatible Materials:
Stable
None in normal use. When forced to burn, this product gives off oxides of carbon and smoke.
Keep away from heat, sparks, open flame and other ignition sources.
Oxidizers, strong acids and bases, amines, ammonia
SECTION 11 - TOXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION
Likely Routes of Exposure:
Inhalation, Eye and Skin Contact
Acute symptoms and effects:
Inhalation:
Severe overexposure may result in nausea, dizziness, headache. Can cause drowsiness, irritation of eyes and nasal passages.
Eye Contact:
Vapors slightly uncomfortable. Overexposure may result in severe eye injury with corneal or conjunctival inflammation on contact with the liquid.
Skin Contact:
Liquid contact may remove natural skin oils resulting in skin irritation. Dermatitis may occur with prolonged contact.
Ingestion:
May cause nausea, vomiting, diarrhea and mental sluggishness.
Chronic (long-term) effects:
None known to humans
LD50
LC50
Toxicity:
Inhalation 3 hrs. 21,000 mg/m3 (rat)
Tetrahydrofuran (THF)
Oral: 2842 mg/kg (rat)
Inhalation 8 hrs. 23,500 mg/m3 (rat)
Methyl Ethyl Ketone (MEK)
Oral: 2737 mg/kg (rat), Dermal: 6480 mg/kg (rabbit)
Cyclohexanone
Oral: 1535 mg/kg (rat), Dermal: 948 mg/kg (rabbit)
Inhalation 4 hrs. 8,000 PPM (rat)
Inhalation 50,100 mg/m3 (rat)
Acetone
Oral: 5800 mg/kg (rat)
Reproductive Effects
Not Established
Teratogenicity
Not Established
Mutagenicity
Not Established
Embryotoxicity
Not Established
Sensitization to Product
Not Established
Synergistic Products
Not Established
SECTION 12 - ECOLOGICAL INFORMATION
Ecotoxicity:
Mobility:
Degradability:
Bioaccumulation:
None Known
In normal use, emission of volatile organic compounds (VOC's) to the air takes place, typically at a rate of < 550 g/l.
Biodegradable
Minimal to none.
SECTION 13 - WASTE DISPOSAL CONSIDERATIONS
Follow local and national regulations. Consult disposal expert.
SECTION 14 - TRANSPORT INFORMATION
Proper Shipping Name:
Hazard Class:
Secondary Risk:
Identification Number:
Packing Group:
Label Required:
Marine Pollutant:
Flammable Liquid, n.o.s. (Acetone, Tetrahydrofuran)
3
None
EXCEPTION for Ground Shipping
UN 1993
DOT Limited Quantity: Up to 1L per inner packaging, 30 kg gross weight per package.
PG II
Consumer Commodity: Depending on packaging, these quantities may qualify under DOT as "ORM-D" .
Class 3 Flammable Liquid
NO
TDG INFORMATION
TDG CLASS:
FLAMMABLE LIQUID 3
SHIPPING NAME:
Flammable Liquid, n.o.s. (Acetone, Tetrahydrofuran)
UN NUMBER/PACKING GROUP:
UN 1993, PG II
SECTION 15 - REGULATORY INFORMATION
Precautionary Label Information: Highly Flammable, Irritant
Symbols:
F, Xi
R11: Highly flammable.
Risk Phrases:
R20: Harmful by inhalation.
R36/37: Irritating to eyes and respiratory system.
Safety Phrases:
S9: Keep container in a well-ventilated place.
S16: Keep away from sources of ignition - No smoking.
S25: Avoid contact with eyes.
Ingredient Listings: USA TSCA, Europe EINECS, Canada DSL, Australia
AICS, Korea ECL/TCCL, Japan MITI (ENCS)
R66: Repeated exposure may cause skin dryness or cracking
R67: Vapors may cause drowsiness and dizziness
S26: In case of contact with eyes, rinse immediately with plenty of water and seek medical advice.
S33: Take precautionary measures against static discharges.
S46: If swallowed, seek medical advise immediately and show this container or label.
SECTION 16 - OTHER INFORMATION
Specification Information:
Department issuing data sheet:
E-mail address:
IPS, Safety Health & Environmental Affairs
<EHSinfo@ipscorp.com>
Training necessary:
Reissue date / reason for reissue:
Intended Use of Product:
Yes, training in practices and procedures contained in product literature.
12/14/2011 / Updated GHS Standard Format
Primer for PVC Plastic Pipe
All ingredients are compliant with the requirements of the European
Directive on RoHS (Restriction of Hazardous Substances).
This product is intended for use by skilled individuals at their own risk. The information contained herein is based on data considered accurate based on current state of
knowledge and experience. However, no warranty is expressed or implied regarding the accuracy of this data or the results to be obtained from the use thereof.
Filename: W-OPOOL Primer_LoVoc_12-11.xls
Page 2 of 2
12/14/2011 3:51 PM
GHS SAFETY DATA SHEET
Date Revised: DEC 2011
®
WELD-ON 746™ Pool Heavy Low VOC Cements for PVC Plastic Pipe
Supersedes:
JAN 2010
SECTION I - PRODUCT AND COMPANY IDENTIFICATION
PRODUCT NAME:
WELD-ON® 746™ Pool Heavy Low VOC Cements for PVC Plastic Pipe
PRODUCT USE:
Low VOC Solvent Cement for PVC Plastic Pipe
SUPPLIER:
MANUFACTURER:
EMERGENCY: Transportation: CHEMTEL Tel. 800.255-3924, 813-248-0585 (International)
IPS Corporation
17109 South Main Street, Carson, CA 90248-3127
P.O. Box 379, Gardena, CA 90247-0379
Tel. 1-310-898-3300
Medical: Tel. 800.451.8346, 760.602.8703 3E Company (International)
SECTION 2 - HAZARDS IDENTIFICATION
GHS CLASSIFICATION:
Health
Acute Toxicity:
Category 4
Skin Irritation:
Category 3
Skin Sensitization:
NO
Eye:
Category 2B
Acute Toxicity:
Chronic Toxicity:
Environmental
None Known
None Known
GHS LABEL:
Physical
Flammable Liquid
Signal Word:
Danger
OR
WHMIS CLASSIFICATION:
Hazard Statements
Category 2
CLASS B, DIVISION 2
Precautionary Statements
H225: Highly flammable liquid and vapor
P210: Keep away from heat/sparks/open flames/hot surfaces – No smoking
H319: Causes serious eye irritation
P261: Avoid breathing dust/fume/gas/mist/vapors/spray
H332: Harmful if inhaled
P280: Wear protective gloves/protective clothing/eye protection/face protection
H335: May cause respiratory irritation
P304+P340: IF INHALED: Remove victim to fresh air and keep at rest in a position comfortable for breathing
H336: May cause drowsiness or dizziness
P403+P233: Store in a well ventilated place. Keep container tightly closed
EUH019: May form explosive peroxides
P501: Dispose of contents/container in accordance with local regulation
SECTION 3 - COMPOSITION/INFORMATION ON INGREDIENTS
CAS#
Tetrahydrofuran (THF)
Methyl Ethyl Ketone (MEK)
Cyclohexanone
109-99-9
78-93-3
108-94-1
EINECS #
203-726-8
201-159-0
203-631-1
REACH
Pre-registration Number
CONCENTRATION
% by Weight
05-2116297729-22-0000
05-2116297728-24-0000
05-2116297718-25-0000
20 - 65
5 - 30
10 - 25
All of the constituents of this adhesive product are listed on the TSCA inventory of chemical substances maintained by the US EPA, or are exempt from that listing.
* Indicates this chemical is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 313 of the Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act of 1986 (40CFR372).
# indicates that this chemical is found on Proposition 65’s List of chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer or reproductive toxicity.
SECTION 4 - FIRST AID MEASURES
Contact with eyes:
Skin contact:
Inhalation:
Ingestion:
Flush eyes immediately with plenty of water for 15 minutes and seek medical advice immediately.
Remove contaminated clothing and shoes. Wash skin thoroughly with soap and water. If irritation develops, seek medical advice.
Remove to fresh air. If breathing is stopped, give artificial respiration. If breathing is difficult, give oxygen. Seek medical advice.
Rinse mouth with water. Give 1 or 2 glasses of water or milk to dilute. Do not induce vomiting. Seek medical advice immediately.
SECTION 5 - FIREFIGHTING MEASURES
Suitable Extinguishing Media:
Unsuitable Extinguishing Media:
Exposure Hazards:
Combustion Products:
Protection for Firefighters:
Dry chemical powder, carbon dioxide gas, foam, Halon, water fog.
Water spray or stream.
Inhalation and dermal contact
Oxides of carbon, hydrogen chloride and smoke
Health
Flammability
Reactivity
PPE
Self-contained breathing apparatus or full-face positive pressure airline masks.
HMIS
2
3
0
B
NFPA
2
3
0
0-Minimal
1-Slight
2-Moderate
3-Serious
4-Severe
SECTION 6 - ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES
Personal precautions:
Keep away from heat, sparks and open flame.
Provide sufficient ventilation, use explosion-proof exhaust ventilation equipment or wear suitable respiratory protective equipment.
Prevent contact with skin or eyes (see section 8).
Environmental Precautions:
Prevent product or liquids contaminated with product from entering sewers, drains, soil or open water course.
Methods for Cleaning up:
Clean up with sand or other inert absorbent material. Transfer to a closable steel vessel.
Materials not to be used for clean up:
Aluminum or plastic containers
SECTION 7 - HANDLING AND STORAGE
Handling: Avoid breathing of vapor, avoid contact with eyes, skin and clothing.
Keep away from ignition sources, use only electrically grounded handling equipment and ensure adequate ventilation/fume exhaust hoods.
Do not eat, drink or smoke while handling.
Storage: Store in ventilated room or shade below 44°C (110°F) and away from direct sunlight.
Keep away from ignition sources and incompatible materials: caustics, ammonia, inorganic acids, chlorinated compounds, strong oxidizers and isocyanates.
Follow all precautionary information on container label, product bulletins and solvent cementing literature.
SECTION 8 - PRECAUTIONS TO CONTROL EXPOSURE / PERSONAL PROTECTION
EXPOSURE LIMITS:
Component
Tetrahydrofuran (THF)
Methyl Ethyl Ketone (MEK)
Cyclohexanone
ACGIH TLV
ACGIH STEL
OSHA PEL OSHA STEL:
50 ppm
200 ppm
20 ppm
100 ppm
300 ppm
50 ppm
200 ppm
200 ppm
50 ppm
Engineering Controls: Use local exhaust as needed.
Monitoring:
Maintain breathing zone airborne concentrations below exposure limits.
Personal Protective Equipment (PPE):
Eye Protection:
Avoid contact with eyes, wear splash-proof chemical goggles, face shield, safety glasses (spectacles) with brow guards and side shields,
etc. as may be appropriate for the exposure.
Skin Protection:
Prevent contact with the skin as much as possible. Butyl rubber gloves should be used for frequent immersion.
Use of solvent-resistant gloves or solvent-resistant barrier cream should provide adequate protection when normal adhesive application
practices and procedures are used for making structural bonds.
Respiratory Protection: Prevent inhalation of the solvents. Use in a well-ventilated room. Open doors and/or windows to ensure airflow and air changes. Use local
exhaust ventilation to remove airborne contaminants from employee breathing zone and to keep contaminants below levels listed above.
With normal use, the Exposure Limit Value will not usually be reached. When limits approached, use respiratory protection equipment.
Filename: W-O746PoolHeavyLoVoc_12-11.xls
Page 1 of 2
12/14/2011 3:09 PM
GHS SAFETY DATA SHEET
Date Revised: DEC 2011
®
WELD-ON 746™ Pool Heavy Low VOC Cements for PVC Plastic Pipe
Supersedes:
JAN 2010
SECTION 9 - PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES
Appearance:
Gray or clear, heavy syrupy liquid
Odor:
Ketone
Odor Threshold:
0.88 ppm (Cyclohexanone)
pH:
Not Applicable
Melting/Freezing Point:
-108.5°C (-163.3°F) Based on first melting component: THF
Boiling Range:
66°C (151°F) to 156°C (313°F)
Boiling Point:
66°C (151°F) Based on first boiling component: THF
Evaporation Rate:
> 1.0 (BUAC = 1)
Flash Point:
-20°C (-4°F) TCC based on THF
Flammability:
Category 2
Specific Gravity:
0.963 @23°C ( 73°F)
Flammability Limits:
LEL: 1.1% based on Cyclohexanone
Solubility:
Solvent portion soluble in water. Resin portion separates out.
UEL: 11.8% based on THF
Partition Coefficient n-octanol/water:
Not Available
Vapor Pressure:
129 mm Hg @ 20°C (68°F)based on THF
Auto-ignition Temperature:
321°C (610°F) based on THF
Vapor Density:
>2 (Air = 1)
Decomposition Temperature:
Not Applicable
Other Data: Viscosity:
Heavy bodied
When applied as directed, per SCAQMD Rule 1168, Test Method 316A,VOC content is: < 510 g/l.
VOC Content:
SECTION 10 - STABILITY AND REACTIVITY
Stability:
Hazardous decomposition products:
Conditions to avoid:
Incompatible Materials:
Stable
None in normal use. When forced to burn, this product gives off oxides of carbon, hydrogen chloride and smoke.
Keep away from heat, sparks, open flame and other ignition sources.
Oxidizers, strong acids and bases, amines, ammonia
SECTION 11 - TOXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION
Likely Routes of Exposure:
Inhalation, Eye and Skin Contact
Acute symptoms and effects:
Inhalation:
Severe overexposure may result in nausea, dizziness, headache. Can cause drowsiness, irritation of eyes and nasal passages.
Eye Contact:
Vapors slightly uncomfortable. Overexposure may result in severe eye injury with corneal or conjunctival inflammation on contact with the liquid.
Skin Contact:
Liquid contact may remove natural skin oils resulting in skin irritation. Dermatitis may occur with prolonged contact.
Ingestion:
May cause nausea, vomiting, diarrhea and mental sluggishness.
Chronic (long-term) effects:
None known to humans
LD50
LC50
Toxicity:
Inhalation 3 hrs. 21,000 mg/m3 (rat)
Tetrahydrofuran (THF)
Oral: 2842 mg/kg (rat)
Inhalation 8 hrs. 23,500 mg/m3 (rat)
Methyl Ethyl Ketone (MEK)
Oral: 2737 mg/kg (rat), Dermal: 6480 mg/kg (rabbit)
Cyclohexanone
Oral: 1535 mg/kg (rat), Dermal: 948 mg/kg (rabbit)
Inhalation 4 hrs. 8,000 PPM (rat)
Reproductive Effects
Not Established
Teratogenicity
Not Established
Mutagenicity
Not Established
Embryotoxicity
Not Established
Sensitization to Product
Not Established
Synergistic Products
Not Established
SECTION 12 - ECOLOGICAL INFORMATION
Ecotoxicity:
Mobility:
Degradability:
Bioaccumulation:
None Known
In normal use, emission of volatile organic compounds (VOC's) to the air takes place, typically at a rate of < 510 g/l.
Biodegradable
Minimal to none.
SECTION 13 - WASTE DISPOSAL CONSIDERATIONS
Follow local and national regulations. Consult disposal expert.
SECTION 14 - TRANSPORT INFORMATION
Proper Shipping Name:
Hazard Class:
Secondary Risk:
Identification Number:
Packing Group:
Label Required:
Marine Pollutant:
Adhesives
3
EXCEPTION for Ground Shipping
None
DOT Limited Quantity: Up to 5L per inner packaging, 30 kg gross weight per package.
UN 1133
Consumer Commodity: Depending on packaging, these quantities may qualify under DOT as "ORM-D" .
PG II
Class 3 Flammable Liquid
TDG INFORMATION
NO
TDG CLASS:
FLAMMABLE LIQUID 3
SHIPPING NAME:
ADHESIVES
UN NUMBER/PACKING GROUP:
UN 1133, PG II
SECTION 15 - REGULATORY INFORMATION
Precautionary Label Information: Highly Flammable, Irritant
Symbols:
F, Xi
Risk Phrases:
R11: Highly flammable.
R20: Harmful by inhalation.
R36/37: Irritating to eyes and respiratory system.
Safety Phrases:
S9: Keep container in a well-ventilated place.
S16: Keep away from sources of ignition - No smoking.
S25: Avoid contact with eyes.
Ingredient Listings: USA TSCA, Europe EINECS, Canada DSL, Australia
AICS, Korea ECL/TCCL, Japan MITI (ENCS)
R66: Repeated exposure may cause skin dryness or cracking
R67: Vapors may cause drowsiness and dizziness
S26: In case of contact with eyes, rinse immediately with plenty of water and seek medical advice.
S33: Take precautionary measures against static discharges.
S46: If swallowed, seek medical advise immediately and show this container or label.
SECTION 16 - OTHER INFORMATION
Specification Information:
Department issuing data sheet:
E-mail address:
IPS, Safety Health & Environmental Affairs
<EHSinfo@ipscorp.com>
Training necessary:
Reissue date / reason for reissue:
Intended Use of Product:
Yes, training in practices and procedures contained in product literature.
12/14/2011 / Updated GHS Standard Format
Solvent Cement for PVC Plastic Pipe
All ingredients are compliant with the requirements of the European
Directive on RoHS (Restriction of Hazardous Substances).
This product is intended for use by skilled individuals at their own risk. The information contained herein is based on data considered accurate based on current state of
knowledge and experience. However, no warranty is expressed or implied regarding the accuracy of this data or the results to be obtained from the use thereof.
Filename: W-O746PoolHeavyLoVoc_12-11.xls
Page 2 of 2
12/14/2011 3:09 PM
Conductor construction is soft drawn bare copper meeting the requirements
of ASTM Specification B-3. Toro® GDC Decoder Cable features solid copper
conductors.
Both the conductor insulation and overall jacket are linear low density, high
molecular weight polyethylene. The conductors are twisted with a 4” lay and
rated for systems applications of up to 600 volts. Individual conductor colors
are black and white.
Application: Suitable for use in direct burial applications for communication
with and control of Toro® decoder systems.
Conductor: Solid soft drawn bare copper (ASTM Spec. B-3 or B-8).
Insulation: Polyethylene (PE)
Jacket: Polyethylene (PE)
Temperature: 60° C
Voltage: 600 volts
Colors: Red, blue, green and yellow.
Conductor
Size
14 awg
Insulation
Thickness
.045
UF Irrigation Wire
Regency’s Toro® Decoder Cable
is manufactured for the
purpose of direct burial power
wire applications in accordance
with the National Electric Code.
Conductor construction is soft drawn bare copper meeting the requirements of ASTM Specifications B-3, B-8 and B-787.
Gauge sizes 14 thru 8 are solid conductors. Sizes 6 thru 4/0 are stranded conductors.
The insulation is a high quality polyvinylchloride (PVC) for systems applications of up to 600 volts and conductor temperatures up to 60° C.
Application: Suitable for use as power and control wire for irrigation systems.
Conductor: Soft drawn bare copper (ASTM Specs. B-3, B-8 and B-787), Solid (14 awg thru 8 awg)
Stranded (6 awg thru 4/0 awg)
Insulation: Polyvinylchloride (PVC) Temperature: 60° C Voltage: 600 volts
Conductor Size
14 awg thru 10 awg
8 awg thru 2 awg
1/0 awg thru 4/0 awg
UL
®
Jacket
Thickness
.035
Insulation Thickness
.060
.080
.095
RoHS
Compliant
Material must be able to pass the following tests without showing signs of degradation:
Cold Bend — The insulation shall not show any cracks when sample is bent around
a 3X mandrel after being subjected to –25° C for four (4) hours.
Sunlight Resistance Test — Samples conditioned for 300 hours of carbon-arc
or xenon-arc exposure.
UL
®
RoHS
Compliant
Regency’s Type UF cables are intended for use in accordance with
Article 339 and other applicable parts of the National Electrical Code
in wiring systems operating at a potential of 600 V or less.
Regency Wire & Cable
800.876.3020 • 573.472.2990 • Fax 800.333.5676 • www.regencywire.com
Decoder / Solenoid Cable
THHN/THWN-2
Conductor construction is soft drawn bare copper meeting the requirements of
ASTM Specifications B-3.
The insulation is a linear low density, high molecular weight polyethylene (PE) for
conductor temperatures up to 75° C. A raised polarity ridge is present on one leg.
Application: Suitable for use with decoder systems in direct burial applications.
Conductor: Solid, soft drawn bare copper (ASTM Specs. B-3).
Insulation: Polyethylene (PE)
Temperature: 75° C
Voltage: 600 volts
Colors: Black, white, red, blue, green, yellow, brown, orange, gray, and purple.
Conductor Size
14
Conductor construction is soft drawn bare copper meeting ASTM Specifications B-3 & B-787. THWN is available as stranded in sizes
14 thru 4/0 and solid in sizes 14 thru 10.
The insulation is a high quality polyvinylchloride (PVC) with a nylon jacket for systems applications of up to 600 volts and conductor
temperatures up to 75° C.
Application: Suitable for use as power wire for irrigation systems, when buried in conduit.
Conductor: Soft drawn bare copper meeting applicable ASTM Specifications
Stranded (14 awg thru 4/0 awg), Solid (14 awg thru 10 awg)
Insulation: Polyvinylchloride (PVC)
Jacket: Nylon
Temperature: 90° C
Voltage: 600 volts
Insulation Thickness
.045
RoHS
Compliant
UL
®
Conductor Size
14 awg thru 12 awg
10 awg
8 awg thru 6 awg
4 awg thru 2 awg
1 awg thru 4/0 awg
RoHS
Compliant
UL
®
Insulation Thickness
15
20
30
40
50
Jacket Thickness
4
4
5
6
7
CONTROL WIRE / POWER WIRE
Toro® GDC Decoder Cable
Conductor construction is soft drawn bare copper meeting the requirements of ASTM
Specifications B-3 and B-8. Gauge sizes 14 thru 10 are solid copper. Sizes 8 thru 2 are
available in either solid or 7 stranded. Gauge size 1/0 thru 4/0 is available in either
7 or 19 stranded.
Application: Suitable for use in grounding purposes.
Conductor: Soft drawn bare copper (ASTM Specs. B-3 and B-8)
Regency’s Bare Copper Wire is manufactured for
grounding purposes in accordance with the National
Electric Code.
Solid (14 awg thru 10 awg)
Solid or 7 stranded (8 awg thru 2 awg)
7 or 19 stranded (1/0 awg thru 4/0 awg)
Size
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
8
6
4
2
Stranding
Solid
Solid
Solid
Solid
Solid
Solid
Solid
7 STR
7 STR
7 STR
7 STR
Gross Weight
Per MFT
12.4
19.8
31.5
50
79.5
126.3
200.9
51
81
128.9
204.9
800.876.3020 • 573.472.2990 • Fax 800.333.5676 • www.regencywire.com
Ground Plates w/Ground Wire
Grounding wire construction is soft drawn bare copper meeting the requirements of
ASTM Specification B-3. The plate is cut to size from sheets of copper alloy 110. The ground
wire is connected to the plate with a mechanical rivet as well as a weld joint.
Application: Suitable for use in grounding applications as an alternative to ground rods.
Construction Plate: Copper alloy 110
Conductor: Soft drawn bare copper (ASTM Spec. B-3)
Plate
Dimensions
12" x 36" x .064
4" x 96" x .064
4" x 36" x .064
Ground
Wire Length
25'
25'
25'
Ground
Wire Size
6 awg
6 awg
6 awg
Solid (6 awg)
Regency’s Grounding Plates are manufactured for the purpose of grounding
applications as an alternative to ground rods.
GROUNDING
Bare Copper Wire
CMI’s New Patent Pending
Direct Burial Ground Clamp
CMI’s new Grounding
Clamp is a
tremendous labor
saver, and extremely
versatile.
Low Profile Design - Allows
sufficient concrete coverage
Pipe Range:
½” – 1”
Rebar Range:
3/8” – 1”
VERSATILE!!!!
Only a few feet of
ground wire left on your
roll? No worries The JRD is UL Listed for
mechanically connecting
2 #8sol wires also!
Ground Rod Range:
¼” – 1”
Wire Range:
#10 sol - #2 str
Mechanical
Connection/Splice:
Two #8 Sol
Configure any job in
1/3 the time by
presetting clamps
with lay-in feature.
Constructed from
Bronze Alloy and
Stainless Steel Screws
for Direct Burial.
Patent Pending
SAVE MONEY!!!! CMI’s
new Ground Clamp
allows the Electrical
Distributor and the
Contractor to combine
FOUR clamps into ONE!
It eliminates:
1) Rebar clamp
2) Clamp w/steel screws
3) Clamp w/brass
screws
4) Direct Burial Clamp
Always had trouble pulling
wire through those holes and
bending it around Light Pole
Anchors?
Did you always need 3 hands
to install some ground
clamps for rebar?
Did you always have trouble
pulling ground wire through
those holes to make a
Continuous Loop?
NO MORE! The New JRD is
here! Ask your counter
salesperson for it today!
6021 Triangle Dr., Raleigh, NC 27617
4060 W. Hacienda Ave., Las Vegas, NV 89118
www.CMIwebsite.com
No need to carry all
those different
combinations on your
shelf or truck!
Listed for Direct
Burial in Earth &
Concrete
Ph: 919-781-3411
Fax: 919-781-3417
Equipotential Bonding Grid Ground Rod Clamps
Equipment Racks
EB2100: 2’x100’ Roll
EB3100: 3’x100’ Roll
R2424: 2’x2’
R2436: 2’x3’ (H)
R2436: 2’x3’ (V)
R3636: 3’x3’
Add -1 to end for SS
Direct Burial Clamps
SRC: ⅜”, ½”, ⅝”, ¾”: Universal
Split Bolts
SRCSS: Stainless
Direct Burial Lay-in Lug
Ground Clamp
RC05: ½”
RC06: ⅝”
RC07: ¾”
Self Tapping Screw Leveling Pad
R8S: 1”
Mounting Arm Mounting Assembly
RLP062: 1/16”
RLP125: ⅛”
RMA
RMAA
Offset Tongue
Mounting Plate
Pump Rack
U-Bolt Assembly
Pressure Gauge
Offset Nipples
ON05: ½”
JRD: ½”-1”; ⅜”-1”
SB8: 16str-8str
CBLDB: 50amp
SB6: 10sol-6sol
CBLDBT: Tin plated
SB4: 8sol-4sol
SB2: 6sol-2str
SB1/0: 4sol-1/0str
SB2/0: 2sol-2/0str
Wire Whip Kits
WPLT05-43: ½”, 4’, 3 wire
WPLT05-44: ½”, 4’, 4 wire
WPLT05-63: ½”, 6’, 3 wire
WPLT05-64: ½”, 4’, 4 wire
OTL35: 35amp
OTL70DB: 70amp
Liquid Tight Conduit Connector Fittings
NM Liquid Tight Conduit Straight
90 Angle
0-90 Swivel
NMUALT05: ½”
NMUALT07: ¾”
NMLC05: ½”
NMLC07: ¾”
NMLC10: 1”
ML05: ½” Zinc
5816 Triangle Drive
Raleigh, NC 27617
1
J: ½” – 1”
J2: 1¼” – 2”
NMLC9005: ½”
NMLC9007: ¾”
NMLC9010: 1”
ML9005: ½” Zinc
Phone: 919.781.3411
Fax: 919.781.3417
NMLC5090: ½”
NMLC7590: ¾”
Raleigh, NC
Las Vegas, NV
Ogden, UT
RMP
R1520: 15”x20”
Ultragrip PVC Cement
635P025pt: ¼ pt - dauber
635P050pt: ½ pt - dauber
635P1pt: 1 pint – dauber
635P1qt: 1 quart - dauber
635P1gal: 1 gal – screw
RUBA: Stainless
Pulling Lube
WPLQ: Quart
PGF: Female
Hangers and Support
1 Hole Strap
Non-Metal Spacer LB Access Fittings
S1S05: ½”
S1S07: ¾”
S1S10: 1”
S1S20: 2”
S1SR05: ½” Rigid
S1SR07: ¾” Rigid
S1SR10: 1” Rigid
S1SR20: 2” Rigid
5816 Triangle Drive
Raleigh, NC 27617
571: Offset
Phone: 919.781.3411
Fax: 919.781.3417
SLB05: ½”
SLB07: ¾”
Raleigh, NC
Las Vegas, NV
Ogden, UT
6
TOWN CENTER CORTE MADERA
DRAWING #
2015164.1-16
2015164.DE
2015164.SE
2015164.CE
SUBMITTAL PACKAGE
BILL OF MATERIALS
CUT-SHEETS
DRAWINGS
PREPARED BY:
THE PANEL SHOP
Customer
Job Reference
FOUNTAIN SUPPLY COMPANY INC.
TOWN CENTER CORTE MADERA
Qty
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
3
1
2
5
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
1
1
13
13
3
3
8
8
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Part #
WA366012WF
NP6036
PFFP390-120
FAL32060
9421LN4
9080LBA362104
9080LB23
9080LBA162104
9080LB21
FAZ-D15/3-NA
ATV312H075M3
FAZ-D15/3-NA
ATV312H055M3
FAZ-D15/3-NA
ATV312H055M3
QO115GFI
QOMB1
QOMB2
QOU115
QOU120
411-0941-055
9080LBA262104
9080LB22
T179203SR
9070T100D13
MDR-40-24
SDR-75-24
ABL8REM24050
XBTGT4330
TWDLCDE40DRF
TWDXCPMFK32
TM2DDI8DT
TM2DRA8RT
TWDAMI2HT
Sd50/8
PB-DMX/08 DC
DAC-QUAD
DD-WM6-PRO
XLR2
GF15ILA
84401-40
R-Dot IH3-2-LM (5324-0)
RPM32F7
RPZF3
RPM22F7
RPZF2
RPM42F7
RPZF4
RPM12BD
RPZF1
TR644TOP2
TR612TOP2
XB5AT845
XB5AVG4
XB5AJ21
XB5AVB1
025C
Bill of Materials
Description
Job #
Date
2015164
11.12.15
Dwg. Key
Manufacturer
NEMA12
ENC
WIEGMANN
PANEL
ENC
WIEGMANN
COOLING FAN (DOOR)
EF1
THERMAL EDGE
MAIN BREAKER
MCB1
SQUARE D
HANDLE ASSY
MCB1
SQUARE D
DIST BLOCK
PDB1
SQUARE D
DIST COVER
PDB1
SQUARE D
DIST BLOCK
PDB2
SQUARE D
DIST COVER
PDB2
SQUARE D
BREAKER
CB1
EATON
1HP VFD
VFD1
SQUARE D
BREAKER
CB2,3
EATON
3/4HP VFD
VFD2,3
SQUARE D
BREAKER
CB4
EATON
3/4HP VFD
VFD4
SQUARE D
GFI BREAKER
CB5-7
SQUARE D
MTG BASE
CB5-7
SQUARE D
MTG BASE
CB6,7
SQUARE D
BREAKERS
CB8-11,14
SQUARE D
BREAKERS
CB12,13
SQUARE D
120V-12VAC LIGHTING TRANSFORMER
XFMR-1
JEFERSON
DIST BLOCK
PDB3
SQUARE D
DIST COVER
PDB3
SQUARE D
300W/12V XF
XFMR-2
ACME
120V-12/24 VAC TRANSFORMER
XF-1
SQUARE D
24VDC POWER SUPPLY
PS1
MEANWELL
24VDC POWER SUPPLY
PS3
MEANWELL
24VDC POWER SUPPLY
PS2
SQUARE D
HMI
HMI
SQUARE D
PLC
PLC1.0
SQUARE D
MEM MOD
PLC1.0
SQUARE D
8 CH INPUT
PLC1.1
SQUARE D
8 CH OUTPUT
PLC1.2
SQUARE D
2 CH ANALOG INPUT
PLC1.3
SQUARE D
SHOW CONTROL
SC1.0
GILDERFLUKE
DMX-ANA CONV
SC1.1
GILDERFLUKE
DMX-ANA CONV
SC1.2
GILDERFLUKE
DMX SPLITTER
DS1
ELATION
DMX CONNECTION
DMX-C
NORTHLIGHT
GFCI RECEPTACLE
PRG REC
LEVITON
COVER
PRG REC
THOMAS & BETTS
RECEPTACLE BOX
PRG REC
RED DOT
CONTROL RELAY
ESR
SQUARE D
RELAY BASE
ESR
SQUARE D
CONTROL RELAY
K1-8,LCR,PJR,VFCF,WS1,WS2
SQUARE D
RELAY BASE
K1-8,LCR,PJR,VFCF,WS1,WS2
SQUARE D
CONTROL RELAY
PJBR1,2,WS3
SQUARE D
RELAY BASE
PJBR1,2,WS3
SQUARE D
24VDC 1 POLE RELAY
PJRR1-8
SQUARE D
RELAY BASE
PJRR1-8
SQUARE D
DIGI TIME CLOCKS
TC1
THEBEN
DIGI TIME CLOCKS
TC2
THEBEN
ESTOP
EST
SQUARE D
RED LIGHT
PL2
SQUARE D
2 POS SELECTOR
SS1
SQUARE D
WHITE LIGHT
PL1
SQUARE D
WIND CONTROLLER / ANEMOMETER
W1C1
ABRAMS
C19
WA - W F S E R I E S E N C L O S U R E S
N E M A 1 2 T W O D O O R WA L L - M O U N T
Industry Standards
UL 508, Type 12
CSA Certified, Type 12
NEMA/EEMAC Type 12
UL Files E64791
CSA File LL66078
WA244808WF
F E AT U R E S - S P E C I F I C AT I O N S
Applications
Intended for use in housing electrical and
electronic controls, instruments, components, and associated wiring, these
enclosures incorporate double-hinged
doors which provide convenient access.
Designed for indoor use in protecting
components from dust, dirt, oil, and water.
Construction
• Bodies and doors fabricated from
14 gauge steel
• Continuously welded seams ground
smooth, less knockouts or holes
• Body stiffeners are added in larger
enclosures for extra rigidity
• Rolled lip around all side of enclosure opening is provided to exclude
liquids and contaminants
• Special overlapping door design
eliminates need for center post
• 3-point latching mechanism operates with an oil-tight locking handle
• Doors are removable by pulling
heavy gauge continuous hinge pin
• Doors are sealed with closed cell
neoprene gasket
• Collar studs are provided for mounting optional sub panels
• External mounting feet are provided
for mounting
• Grounding provisions provided
• Print pocket is provided
Finish
• ANSI-61 gray polyester powder
inside and out
• Optional back panels are painted
white polyester powder
• Optional “G” panels have a conductive finish (See pages I4 & I7)
Accessories
• Panels (reference tables)
• See pages J1-J22
WA-WF SERIES TWO DOOR ENCLOSURES
C ATA L O G
NUMBER
ENCLOSURE SIZE
H X W X D
B A C K PA N E L C ATA L O G N U M B E R *
WHITE
“G”
WA 2 4 4 2 0 8 W F
24.00x42.00x8.00
(610x1067x203)
NP4224
WA 2 4 4 8 0 8 W F
24.00x48.00x8.00
(610x1219x203)
NP4824
WA 3 0 4 2 1 0 W F
30.00x42.00x10.00
(762x1067x254)
NP4230
WA 3 0 4 8 1 0 W F
30.00x48.00x10.00
(762x1219x254)
WA 3 0 6 0 1 0 W F
STIFFENER
DOOR
BODY
B A C K PA N E L
STEEL GAUGE
B A C K PA N E L
SIZE A X B
C
NP4224G
12
39.00x21.00
(991x533)
1.50
(38)
NO
NO
NP4824G
12
21.00x45.00
(533x1143)
1.50
(38)
NO
NO
NP4230G
12
27.00x39.00
(686x991)
1.50
(38)
NO
NO
NP4830
NP4830G
12
45.00x27.00
(1143x686)
1.50
(38)
NO
NO
30.00x60.00x10.00
(762x1524x254)
NP6030
NP6030G
12
27.00x57.00
(686x1448)
1.50
(38)
NO
NO
WA 3 6 4 2 1 2 W F
36.00x42.00x12.00
(914x1067x305)
NP4236
NP4236G
12
33.00x39.00
(838x991)
1.50
(38)
NO
NO
WA 3 6 4 8 1 2 W F
36.00x48.00x12.00
(914x1219x305)
NP4836
NP4836G
12
33.00x45.00
(838x1143)
1.50
(38)
NO
NO
WA 3 6 6 0 1 2 W F
36.00x60.00x12.00
(914x1524x305)
NP6036
NP6036G
12
33.00x57.00
(838x1448)
1.50
(38)
NO
NO
WA 4 2 4 2 1 2 W F
42.00x42.00x12.00
(1067x1067x305)
NPDD4242
NPDD4242G
12
39.00x39.00
(991x991)
1.50
(38)
NO
YES
WA 4 2 4 8 1 2 W F
42.00x48.00x12.00
(1067x1219x305)
NPDD4842
NPDD4842G
12
39.00x45.00
(991x1143)
1.50
(38)
NO
YES
WA 4 2 6 0 1 2 W F
42.00x60.00x12.00
(1067x1524x305)
NPDD4260
NPDD4260G
12
38.00x56.00
(965x1422)
2.00
(51)
YES
YES
WA 4 8 4 8 1 2 W F
48.00x48.00x12.00
(1219x1219x305)
NPDD4848
NPDD4848G
12
44.00x44.00
(1118x1118)
2.00
(51)
NO
YES
*Back panels must be ordered separately.
www.hubbell-wiegmann.com
Data Subject To Change Without Notice
C20
WA - W F S E R I E S E N C L O S U R E S
N E M A 1 2 T W O D O O R WA L L - M O U N T
W
W/2-0.75
W/2-0.75
4.03
1.42
0.63
1.42
1.38
0.25
D
Y
0.78
1.36
D
1.38
W-2.75
1.38
2.31
H-2.75
H-1.56
H
X
3.75
X
H/2
1.81
0.78
1.36
CLEAR SPACE AVAILABLE
ON DOORS.
1.38
MOUNTING FEET
C
Ø0.44 TYP
1.25
2.00
C
0.63
PANEL (Order
Separately)
0.88
0.88
OMIT TWO MIDDLE STUDS
IF H < 31.00"
A
C
B
C
0.63
C
3.00
TYP
0.44
TYP
OMIT TWO MIDDLE STUDS
IF W < 31.00"
14 GA.
1.25
3.00
TYP
SECTION Y-Y
LEFT
DOO
NEOPRENE GASKET
RIGHT
DOOR
CONTINUOUS HINGE
1.16
1.38
1.38
14 GA.
D
3/8 - 16 COLLAR STUD
12 GA.
1.09
0.19
0.75
MOUNTING FEET
C
PANEL (Order Separately)
SECTION X-X
www.hubbell-wiegmann.com
Data Subject To Change Without Notice
Y
FILTERED FAN PACKAGES
PLASTIC &
EFFICIENT,
METAL FILTERED FANS
QUITE BALL BEARING MOTORS
NEMA
ALL
TYPE
1
AND
3R
KITS INCLUDE GASKETS, HARDWARE, AND TEMPLATE
UL
LISTED
(972) 580-0200 or (888) 580-0202 • www.thermal-edge.com • thermalinfo@thermal-edge.com
Plastic FILTER FAN PACKAGES
Injection Molded Plastic
Efficient, Quiet Ball Bearing Fans
Polypropylene Filter Pad
Snap-on grille for easy filter maintenance
Angled louvers to resist moisture
Package includes fan & exhaust vent








Mounting Hardware Included
All Kits Include Integrated Gaskets and Mounting
Template
Pressurized operation standard, reverse flow optional
Part Number
NEMA
Type
3R Part Number
NEMA
Type
CFM
Free Flow
Voltage/Hz
Rated Amps
Temperature
Range
RPM
PFFP080-120
1
PFFP080-120-3R
3R
80
115 VAC / 50/60
.11
-40F to 158F
2900
PFFP080-230
1
PFFP080-230-3R
3R
80
230 VAC / 50/60
.06
-40F to 158F
2900
PFFP080-D24
1
PFFP080-D24-3R
3R
80
24VDC
.19
-40F to 158F
2200
PFFP100-120
1
PFFP100-120-3R
3R
131
115 VAC / 50/60
0.17/0.18
-40F to 158F
3300
PFFP100-230
1
PFFP100-230-3R
3R
131
230 VAC / 50/60
0.1/0.11
-40F to 158F
3300
PFFP100-D24
1
PFFP100-D24-3R
3R
140
24 VDC
0.23
-40F to 158F
3000
PFFP200-120
1
PFFP200-120-3R
3R
300
115 VAC / 50/60
0.35/0.40
-40F to 158F
3300
PFFP200-230
1
PFFP200-230-3R
3R
300
230 VAC / 50/60
0.20/0.22
-40F to 158F
3300
PFFP200-D24
1
PFFP200-D24-3R
3R
300
24 VDC
2.1
-40F to 158F
3900
PFFP390-120
1
PFFP390-120-3R
3R
390
115 VAC / 50/60
0.51/0.54
-40F to 158F
3800
PFFP390-230
1
PFFP390-230-3R
3R
390
230 VAC / 50/60
0.30/0.33
-40F to 158F
3300
PFFP390-D24
1
PFFP390-D24-3R
3R
390
24 VDC
0.69
-40F to 158F
3000
PFFP500-120
1
PFFP500-120-3R
3R
750
115 VAC / 50/60
0.50/0.58
-40F to 158F
2200
PFFP500-230
1
PFFP500-230-3R
3R
750
230 VAC / 50/60
0.25/0.30
-40F to 158F
2200
Accessories:




2013-04-10
Thermostats
3R Shrouds
Washable replacement filters
Vent kits
All information subject to change without notice
UL File # E319601
(972) 580-0200 or (888) 580-0202 • www.thermal-edge.com • thermalinfo@thermal-edge.com
Thermal-magnetic Molded Case Circuit Breakers
100 Ampere Frame
Class 650
Thermal-magnetic molded case circuit breakers shown on
pages 6-20–6-24 are permanent trip UL Listed, CSA
Certified, IEC rated, and also meet the requirements of
Federal Specification W–C–375B/GEN as indicated on
pages 6-4–6-7. For I-Line® molded case circuit breakers,
see listings on pages 8-25–8-28.
www.SquareD.com
For the most up-to-date information
F-frame—100 A, Thermal-magnetic (240 Vac)
AC Magnetic
Trip Settings
Hold
Trip
Ampere
Rating
Terminal
Wire
Range
Standard Interrupting
Catalog Number
Price
1-pole, 120 Vac
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
60
70
80
90
100
275
275
275
275
400
400
400
400
800
800
800
900
900
600
600
600
600
850
850
850
850
1450
1450
1450
1700
1700
FAL12015
FAL12020
FAL12025
FAL12030
FAL12035
FAL12040
FAL12045
FAL12050
FAL12060
FAL12070
FAL12080
FAL12090
FAL12100
$132.
132.
132.
132.
132.
132.
132.
132.
132.
174.
174.
174.
174.
275
275
275
275
400
400
400
400
800
800
800
900
900
600
600
600
600
850
850
850
850
1450
1450
1450
1700
1700
FAL22015
FAL22020
FAL22025
FAL22030
FAL22035
FAL22040
FAL22045
FAL22050
FAL22060
FAL22070
FAL22080
FAL22090
FAL22100
$222.
222.
222.
222.
222.
222.
222.
222.
222.
362.
362.
362.
362.
275
275
275
275
400
400
400
400
800
800
800
900
900
600
600
600
600
850
850
850
850
1450
1450
1450
1700
1700
FAL32015
FAL32020
FAL32025
FAL32030
FAL32035
FAL32040
FAL32045
FAL32050
FAL32060
FAL32070
FAL32080
FAL32090
FAL32100
$330.
330.
330.
330.
330.
330.
330.
330.
330.
469.
469.
469.
469.
AL50FA
#14–#4 AWG Cu or
#12–#4 AWG Al
AL100FA
#14–#1/0 AWG Cu
or #12–#1/0 AWG Al
2-pole, 240 Vac
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
60
70
80
90
100
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
FAL
1-pole
15–100 Amperes
AL50FA
#14–#4 AWG Cu or
#12–#4 AWG Al
AL100FA
#14–#1/0 AWG Cu
or #12–#1/0 AWG Al
3-pole, 240 Vac
6
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
60
70
80
90
100
FAL/FHL
2-pole
15–100 Amperes
AL50FA
#14–#4 AWG Cu or
#12–#4 AWG Al
AL100FA
#14–#1/0 AWG Cu
or #12–#1/0 AWG Al
F-frame—100 A, Thermal-magnetic (480 Vac)
Ampere
Rating
AC Magnetic
Trip Settings
Hold
Trip
Standard
Interrupting
Catalog Price
Number
Extra High
Interrupting
Catalog
Price
Number
Terminal Wire
Range
FA Lugs
FC Lugs
AL50FA
#14–#4 AWG Cu or
#12–#4 AWG Al
...
AL100FA
#14–#1/0 AWG Cu or
#12–#1/0 AWG Al
...
1-pole, 277 Vac, 125 Vdc
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
60
70
80
90
100
FAL/FHL/FCL
3-pole
15–100 Amperes
275
275
275
275
400
400
400
400
800
800
800
900
900
600
600
600
600
850
850
850
850
1450
1450
1450
1700
1700
FAL14015 $167.
FAL14020 167.
FAL14025 167.
FAL14030 167.
FAL14035 167.
FAL14040 167.
FAL14045 167.
FAL14050 167.
FAL14060 167.
FAL14070 208.
FAL14080 208.
FAL14090 208.
FAL14100 208.
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
2-pole, 480 Vac, 250 Vdcba
Interrupting Ratings (kA)
FAL240
FAL480
FCL
240 V
10
18 (1P), 25 (2, 3P)
100
480 V
...
18
65
600 V
...
...
...
Circuit Breaker Termination Options
(Third character of catalog number)
F=No Lugs
L=Lugs both ends
M=Lugs “ON” end only
P=Lugs “OFF” end only
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 6-36–6-38
Optional Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 6-43, 6-44
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 6-49, 6-50
Enclosures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 6-51–6-54
6-20
10/23/04
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
60
70
80
90
100
275
275
275
275
400
400
400
400
800
800
800
900
900
600
600
600
600
850
850
850
850
1450
1450
1450
1700
1700
FAL24015 $406.
...
FAL24020 406.
...
FAL24025 406.
...
FAL24030 406.
...
FAL24035 406.
...
FAL24040 406.
...
FAL24045 406.
...
FAL24050 406. FCL24050
FAL24060 406. FCL24060
FAL24070 525. FCL24070
FAL24080 525. FCL24080
FAL24090 525. FCL24090
FAL24100 525. FCL24100
...
AL50FA
CU30FA4
...
#14–#4 AWG Cu or (1) #14–#10 AWG
...
#12–#4
AWG
Al
Cu only
...
...
...
...
AL100FA4
$ 965.
AL100FA
AWG Cu
965. #14–#1/0 AWG Cu or (1) #14–#3
or
1188.
#12–#1/0 AWG Al
(1)
#12–#1
AWG Al
1188.
1188.
1188.
3-pole, 480 Vac, 250 Vdcb
15
275
600 FAL34015 $521. FCL34015
20
275
600 FAL34020 521. FCL34020
25
275
600 FAL34025 521. FCL34025
30
275
600 FAL34030 521. FCL34030
35
400
850 FAL34035 521. FCL34035
40
400
850 FAL34040 521. FCL34040
45
400
850 FAL34045 521. FCL34045
50
400
850 FAL34050 521. FCL34050
60
800 1450 FAL34060 521. FCL34060
70
800 1450 FAL34070 616. FCL34070
80
800 1450 FAL34080 616. FCL34080
90
900 1700 FAL34090 616. FCL34090
100
900 1700 FAL34100 616. FCL34100
a FCL 2-pole circuit breaker built using 3-pole module.
b FCL circuit breakers are not rated for 250 Vdc.
DE2
Discount
Schedule
$1206.
AL50FA
CU30FA4
1206. #14–#4
AWG Cu or (1) #14–#10 AWG
1206.
#12–#4 AWG Al
Cu only
1206.
1206.
1206.
1206.
AL100FA4
1206.
AL100FA
AWG Cu
1206. #14–#1/0 AWG Cu or (1) #14–#3
or
1484.
#12–#1/0 AWG Al
(1) #12–#1 AWG Al
1484.
1484.
1484.
© 2004 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
10/23/04
NEMA Style Disconnect
Switches
Door-Mounted Operating Mechanisms for Square D Circuit Breakers
Class 9421 / Refer to Catalog 9420CT9701
www.schneider-electric.us
Type L Circuit Breaker Mechanisms
Type L door-mounted, variable depth operating mechanisms feature heavy duty, all metal construction with trip indication. All
can be padlocked in the “OFF” position when the enclosure door is open. Further, the handle assemblies can be locked “OFF”
with up to three padlocks, which also locks when the door is closed. (The 3” handle accepts one padlock.) Complete kits are
rated for NEMA Type 1, 3R, and 12 enclosures. They include a handle assembly, operating mechanism, and shaft assembly.
Table 8.47:
Complete Kits
Complete Kit
Does Not Include Circuit Breaker
No.
of
Poles
Frame
Size
(A)
Includes:
Operating Mechanism
Standard 6 in. Handle
Standard Shaft Kit
Mounting
Type
$ Price Depth a
Min. – Max.
Use With
Circuit Breaker or
Interrupter Type
GJL
3
75, 100
LG1
140.00
5-1/2–10-1/4
LG4
158.00
5-1/2–20-7/8
LG3
198.00 5-1/2–20-7/8
FAL, FCL, FHL
2–3
100
LN1
140.00
5-1/2–10-7/16
LN4
158.00
5-1/2–21
LN3
198.00
KAL, KCL, KHL
2–3
250
LP1
171.00
6-1/4–11-3/16
LP4
189.00
6-1/4–21-3/4
LP3
230.00 6-1/4–21-3/4
NSF, PowerPact® H and J
2–3
250
LJ1
171.00
5-1/2–10-3/4
LJ4
189.00
5-1/2–21-3/8
LJ3
230.00 5-1/2–21-3/8
LALc, LHLc, Q4L
2–3
400
LR1
242.00
6-5/16–10-7/8
LR4
255.00
6-5/16–21-1/2
LJC
230.00 5-1/2–21-3/8
PowerPact D
2–3
400
LD1
242.00
7-1/4–12-1/16
LD4
255.00
7-1/4–22-5/8
MEL, MXL
2–3
800
LT1b
242.00
7-3/16–11-5/8
LT4b
255.00
7-3/16–22-1/4
MAL, MHL
2–3
1200
LT1b
242.00
7-3/16–11-5/8
LT4b
255.00
7-3/16–22-1/4
NAL, NCL, NEL, NXL
2–3
1200
LX1b
242.00
8-1/4–12-3/4
LX4b
255.00
8-1/4–23-3/8
PowerPact M and P e
3
1200
LW1d
242.00
7-3/16–11-5/8
LW4d
255.00
7-3/16–22-1/4
3 in. handles are not recommended
for use with these circuit breakers.
Component Parts
3 in. Handle Standard Handle
Assemblies
Assemblies
Type 1, 3R, 12 Type 1, 3R, 12
Use With
Circuit Breaker or
Interrupter Type
GJL
No.
of
Poles
Frame
Size
(A)
Type $ Price Type
Operating
Mechanism
Includes
Lockout
$ Price Type
Standard Shaft
(Support Bracket Not
Required)
Long Shaft
(Support Bracket Included)
Mounting
Mounting
$ Price Depth a
Type $ Price Depth a
Min. – Max.
Min. – Max.
68.00 5-1/2–10-7/16 LS8
21.50
5-1/2–21
Type $ Price
3
75, 100
LH3
90.00
LH6
50.00
LG7
LS13
35.60
FAL, FCL, FHL
2–3
100
LH3
90.00
LH6
50.00
LF1
71.00 5-1/2–10-7/16
LS8
21.50
5-1/2–21
LS12
35.60
KAL, KCL, KHL
2–3
250
LH3
90.00
LH6
50.00
LK1
105.00 6-1/4–11-3/16
LS8
21.50
6-1/4–21-3/4
LS12
35.60
NSF, PowerPact H and J
2–3
250
LH3
90.00
LH6
50.00
LJ7
105.00 5-1/2–10-1/4
LS8
21.50
5-1/2–21-3/8
LS13
35.60
LALc, LHLc, Q4L
2–3
400
LH6
50.00
LL1
170.00 6-5/16–10-7/8
LS8
21.50 6-5/16–21-1/2
LS10
35.60
LH6
50.00
LD7
170.00 7-1/4–12-1/16
LS8
21.50
7-1/4–22-5/8
LS13
35.60
LH8
50.00
LM1
170.00 7-3/16–11-5/8
LS8
21.50 7-3/16–22-1/4
LS10
35.60
LH8
50.00
LM1
170.00 7-3/16–11-5/8
LS8
21.50 7-3/16–22-1/4
LS10
35.60
LH8
50.00
LX7
170.00 8-1/4–12-3/4
LS8
21.50
8-1/4–23-3/8
LS10
35.60
PowerPact M and Pe
3
1200
LHP8
50.00 LW7
170.00 7-3/16–11-5/8 LS8
21.50 7-3/16–22-1/4
a
Mounting depth measured from circuit breaker mounting surface (control panel) to outside of enclosure door in inches.
b
Types LT1, LT4, LX1, and LX4 include an 8 in. handle rather than a 6 in. handle.
c
Note: These operating mechanisms cannot be used with any LA/LH circuit breaker with an MB or MT suffix.
d
Type LW1 and LW4 include an 8 in. handle (9421LHP8) rather than a 6 in. handle.
e
These circuit breakers must use the 9421LHP** or LCP** handles only.
LS10
35.60
PowerPact D
2–3
400
MEL, MXL
2–3
800
MAL, MHL
2–3
1200
NAL, NCL, NEL, NXL
2–3
1200
Table 8.49:
3 in. handles
are not
recommended
for use with
these circuit
breakers.
NEMA Type 4 and 4X Handle Assemblies a
Use With
3
75
Standard Handle Assemblies
NEMA Type 1, 3R,
NEMA Type 1, 3R,
4, 12
4, 4X, 12
(Painted)
(Chrome Plated)
Type
$ Price
Type
$ Price
LH46
90.00
LC46
149.00
FAL, FCL, FHL
2–3
100
LH46
90.00
LC46
149.00
LH43
165.00
LC43
233.00
KAL, KCL, KHL
2–3
250
LH46
90.00
LC46
149.00
LH43
165.00
LC43
233.00
NSF, PowerPact H and J
2–3
250
LH46
90.00
LC46
149.00
LH43
165.00
LC43
233.00
LAL, LHL, Q4L
2–3
400
LH46
90.00
LC46
149.00
PowerPact D
2–3
400
LH46
90.00
LC46
149.00
MEL, MXL
2–3
800
LH48
90.00
LC48
MAL, MHL
2–3
1000
LH48
90.00
LC48
149.00 3 in. handles are not recommended for use
149.00 with these circuit breakers.
NAL, NCL, NEL, NXL
2–3
1200
LH48
90.00
LC48
149.00
No.
of
Poles
Circuit Breaker or
Interrupter Type
GJL
Standard
Handle
Assembly
5-1/2–21
Frame
Size
(A)
PowerPact M and P
3
1200
LHP48
90.00
LCP48
a
Due to gasketing, NEMA Type 3 & 4 handle assemblies are NOT trip indicating.
Table 8.50:
149.00
IEC Style Operating Mechanisms
GJL
Extension Shafts
Operating Mechanism
Includes Lockout
Type 1, 4, 4X, 12
Circuit Breaker or
Interrupter Type
a
Special 3 in. Version
NEMA Type 1, 3R,
NEMA Type 1, 3R,
4, 12
4, 4X, 12
(Painted)
(Chrome Plated)
Type
$ Price
Type
$ Price
LH43
165.00
LC43
233.00
Color
Type
$ Price
Red/Yellow
NW3
90.00
Black
NW3B
90.00
Type
LG8
Mounting Depth
$ Price
$71.00
Min.
Max.
Type
$ Price
6-1/8
10-3/4
NS16
28.70
6-1/8
17-7/8
NS336a
35.60
Contains support bracket.
Table 8.51:
Electrical Interlock Kits—Class 9999 a
Description
Class
Type
$ Price
Single Pole Double Throw
9999
R47
131.00
Double Pole Double Throw
9999
R48
221.00
a
Optional accessory for use with 9421L operating mechanisms.
Note: Not used with GJL, NAL, NCL, NEL, NXL, NSF, NSJ, PowerPact® C, D, H, and J circuit breakers; use field-installed circuit breaker interlocks instead.
© 2009 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
CP1
Discount
Schedule
8-13
OPERATOR MECHANISMS AND
DISCONNECT SWITCHES
Table 8.48:
3 in. Handle
Assembly
Includes:
Operating Mechanism
Short 3 in. Handle
Long Shaft Kit
Mounting
Type
$ Price Depth a
Min. – Max.
8
Operating
Includes:
Operating Mechanism
Standard 6 in. Handle
Long Shaft Kit
Mounting
Type
$ Price Depth a
Min. – Max.
Power Distribution Blocks
Class 9080—Type LB
www.SquareD.com
For the most up-to-date information
Standard Power Distribution Blocks
Lug WireRange a
LBC165212
Main
(1) #14–2/0
(1) #6–350 kcmil
(1) #4–600 kcmil
(2) #4–350 kcmil
(2) #4–500 kcmil
(1) #14–2/0
(1) #14–2/0
(1) #6–400 kcmil
(1) #6–400 kcmil
(1) #6–400 kcmil
(1) #4–500 kcmil
(1) #4–500 kcmil
(2) #14–2/0
(2) #4–500 kcmil
(2) #4–500 kcmil
LBA365212
Aluminum b
Two Pole
Type d
Price
LBA262101
$ 14.70
LBA263101
54.00
N/A
...
LBA265202
98.00
LBA2652021
137.00
LBA262104
30.50
N/A
...
LBA263104
56.00
LBA263106
59.00
LBA264108
77.00
LBA265106
126.00
LBA265112
134.00
LBA263206
60.00
LBA265208
126.00
LBA265212
137.00
Three Pole
Type d
Price
LBA362101
$ 17.10
LBA363101
71.00
LBA364101
122.00
LBA365202
126.00
LBA3652021
162.00
LBA362104
45.60
LBA362106
87.00
LBA363104
75.00
LBA363106
81.00
LBA364108
107.00
LBA365106
155.00
LBA365112
174.00
LBA363206
81.00
LBA365208
167.00
LBA365212
174.00
Dim.
Type
One Pole
Type d
Price
LBA161101
$ 8.90
LBA161104
17.60
Aluminum b
Two Pole
Type d
Price
N/A
...
LBA261104
$20.40
Three Pole
Type d
Price
LBA361101
$ 15.60
LBA361104
38.70
Dim.
Type
One Pole
Type d
Price
LBC162101
$ 66.00
LBC163101
83.00
LBC162104
66.00
LBC163106
102.00
LBC163206
89.00
LBC165208
198.00
LBC165212
189.00
Copper
Two Pole
Type d
N/A
N/A
LBC262104
LBC263106
LBC263206
N/A
N/A
Three Pole
Type d
Price
LBC362101
$134.00
LBC363101
155.00
LBC362104
165.00
LBC363106
236.00
LBC363206
179.00
LBC365208
395.00
LBC365212
378.00
Dim.
Type
One Pole
Type d
LBA162101
LBA163101
LBA164101
LBA165202
LBA1652021
LBA162104
N/A
LBA163104
LBA163106
LBA164108
LBA165106
LBA165112
LBA163206
LBA165208
LBA165212
Branch
(1) #14–2/0
(1) #6–350 kcmil
(1) #4–600 kcmil
(2) #4–350 kcmil
(2) #4–500 kcmil
(4) #14–4
(6) #14–4
(4) #14–2
(6) #14–2
(8) #14–2
(6) #14–2/0
(12) #14–2
(6) #14–4
(8) #14–2/0
(12) #14–4
Price
$ 6.90
35.60
63.00
65.00
90.00
20.30
...
37.20
39.30
51.00
84.00
89.00
39.80
84.00
90.00
2
3
4
5
5
2
...e
3
3
4
5
5
3
5
5
TERMINAL BLOCKS
Miniature Power Distribution Blocks
Lug Wire Range a
Main
LBA361104
Branch
(1) #14–2
(1) #14–2
(1) #14–2
(4) #18–10
1
1
Copper Power Distribution Blocks
22
Lug Wire Range a
Main
Branch
(1) #18–1/0
(1) #6–250 kcmil
(1) #14–2/0
(1) #4–500 kcmil
(2) #14–2/0
(2) #4–500 kcmil
(2) #4–500 kcmil
a
b
c
d
e
LBA161104
(1) #18–1/0
(1) #6–250 kcmil
(4) #14–4
(6) #14–2
(6) #14–4
(8) #14–2/0
(12) #14–2
Clear Plastic Covers (0.045 in. thick)
Note: There are no covers for miniature blocks.
For LBA Type
LBA162..., LBC162
LBA262..., LBC262
LBA362..., LBC362 g
LBA163..., LBC163
LBA263..., LBC263
LBA363..., LBC363
LBA164...
LBA264...
LBA364...
LBA165..., LBC165
LBA265..., LBC265
LBA365..., LBC365
A3
G
A2
J Mounting Hole
Diameter
B
F
D
2
3
2
3
3
5
5
Lugs suitable for use with 75°C conductors. (#) indicates number of conductors.
Aluminum blocks will accept either Al or Cu conductors.
Cu blocks will accept copper conductors only.
CE Marked.
Refer to catalog for dimensions.
Dimensions
A1
Price
...
...
$ 98.00
152.00
134.00
...
...
E
E
Type
LB21
LB22
LB23
LB31
LB32
LB33
LB41
LB42
LB43
LB51
LB52
LB53
Price f
$ 7.50
9.00
10.50
8.30
9.80
11.30
9.00
10.50
12.00
9.80
11.30
12.80
Dim. A
1.062
1.875
2.688
1.782
3.313
4.844
2.125
4.000
5.875
2.719
5.656
8.375
Dim. B
2.750
2.750
2.750
3.813
3.813
3.813
4.563
4.563
4.563
5.313
5.313
5.313
f Above covers must be ordered in multiples of 5 covers.
Above covers are supplied with two self tapping screws per cover.
g Will not work on a 9080LBA362106 block.
D
C
H
Dimensions (Inches)
Type
A1
A2
A3
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
1
.76
1.40
2.03
2.29
1.62
.38
.64
.19
1.93
.32
.201
2
1.13
1.94
2.75
2.88
1.78
.56
.81
.31
2.25
.24
.205
3
1.94
3.47
5.00
4.00
2.61
.97
1.53
.31
3.38
.40
.203
4
2.28
4.16
6.04
4.75
2.92
1.14
1.88
.31
4.13
.51
.20
5
3.17
5.88
8.54
5.50
3.12
1.58
2.69
.38
4.75
.50
.265
Application Data
UL component recognized (File E60616 CCN XCFR2).
CSA certified (File LR70361).
Voltage Rating—Class B & C—600 V
Blocks are rated based on NEC Table 310-16 using 75°C wire.
Aluminum blocks are tin plated high conductive aluminum.
Copper blocks are tin plated high conductive copper.
Housing material:
• Miniature Blocks are made from high impact thermoplastic rated at
125°C. max. &
-40°C. min.
• Full Size Blocks are made from general purpose phenolic rated at
150°C. max. & -40°C. min.
All blocks have a flammability rating of UL 94V-0.
For additional information, reference Catalog # 9080CT9603.
22-18
6/16/04
CP1
Discount
Schedule
© 2004 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
6/16/04
Industrial miniature
circuit breakers
UL 489 DIN rail miniature circuit breakers
Optimum product quality, tested reliability and
safety stand for the best protection of personnel,
installations and plant. Eaton’s FAZ-NA DIN rail
mountable circuit breakers are designed for use
in branch service applications.
Features
•
Complete range of ULT 489
Listed DIN rail mounted miniature circuit breakers, up to 40A current rating
•
Rated for 10 kAIC at 277/480 Vac
•
Current limiting design provides fast short-circuit interruption, reducing the let-through energy that can damage the circuit
•
Suitable for branch circuit
device protection
•
Thermal-magnetic overcurrent
protection
•
•
Three levels of short-circuit protection, categorized by B, C and D curves
Trip-free design—breaker can not be defeated by holding the handle in the ON position
•
Captive screws cannot be lost
•
SWD (switching duty)—
suitable for switching fluorescent lighting loads (I n ≤ 20A)
•
Fulfill UL 489, CSAT C22.2
No. 5 and also IEC 60947-2
Standard
•
For use in applications for
which UL 1077 or CSA C22.2
No. 235 are also allowed
•
Field-installable shunt trip and auxiliary switch subsequent mounting
•
Separate version for ring tongue connection (Type FAZ-RT); terminal screws can be removed (on both sides)
•
Module width of only 17.7 mm (per pole)
•
Contact position indicator (red/green)
•
Easy installation on DIN rail
•
Possibility for sealing the toggle in ON or OFF position
•
Complements UL 1077 offering
FAZ-NA UL 489 miniature circuit breakers catalog numbering system
FAZ - C 6 / 1 - NA - SP
Breaker Family
FAZ = FAZ UL
circuit breaker
Single Packaging
Trip Characteristic
B =3–5X In A
C =5–10X In A
D =10–20X In A
Ampere Rating
0.5= 0.5A
1 = 1A
1.5= 1.5A
2 = 2A
3 = 3A
4 = 4A
5 = 5A
6 = 6A
7 = 7A
8 = 8A
10 = 10A
13 = 13A
15 = 15A
16 = 16A
20 = 20A
25 = 25A
30 = 30A
32 = 32A
35 = 35A
40 = 40A
Number of Poles
1 = Single-pole
2 = Two-pole
3 = Three-pole
Terminal
NA=UL 489 branch circuit
with screw terminals
RT =UL 489 branch circuit
with ring tongue terminals
DC =UL 489 branch circuit at
125 Vdc per pole
SP =Single packaging
for C and D curve, single-pole only
Blank=Standard packaging
A I = Rated current for instantaneous trip characteristics.
n
FAZ-NA UL 489 circuit breakers—10 kAIC
Single-Pole A
Amperes Catalog Number
B Curve (3–5X In Current Rating)
1
FAZ-B1/1-NA
1.5
FAZ-B1.5/1-NA
2
FAZ-B2/1-NA
3
FAZ-B3/1-NA
4
FAZ-B4/1-NA
5
FAZ-B5/1-NA
6
FAZ-B6/1-NA
7
FAZ-B7/1-NA
8
FAZ-B8/1-NA
10
FAZ-B10/1-NA
13
FAZ-B13/1-NA
15
FAZ-B15/1-NA
16
FAZ-B16/1-NA
20
FAZ-B20/1-NA
25
FAZ-B25/1-NA
30
FAZ-B30/1-NA
32
FAZ-B32/1-NA
35 C
FAZ-B35/1-NA
40 C
FAZ-B40/1-NA
Single-Pole A2
Amperes Catalog Number
Single-Pole A2
Two-Pole A
Three-Pole A
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Amperes Catalog Number
FAZ-B1/2-NA
FAZ-B1.5/2-NA
FAZ-B2/2-NA
FAZ-B3/2-NA
FAZ-B4/2-NA
FAZ-B5/2-NA
FAZ-B6/2-NA
FAZ-B7/2-NA
FAZ-B8/2-NA
FAZ-B10/2-NA
FAZ-B13/2-NA
FAZ-B15/2-NA
FAZ-B16/2-NA
FAZ-B20/2-NA
FAZ-B25/2-NA
FAZ-B30/2-NA
FAZ-B32/2-NA
FAZ-B35/2-NA
FAZ-B40/2-NA
FAZ-B1/3-NA
FAZ-B1.5/3-NA
FAZ-B2/3-NA
FAZ-B3/3-NA
FAZ-B4/3-NA
FAZ-B5/3-NA
FAZ-B6/3-NA
FAZ-B7/3-NA
FAZ-B8/3-NA
FAZ-B10/3-NA
FAZ-B13/3-NA
FAZ-B15/3-NA
FAZ-B16/3-NA
FAZ-B20/3-NA
FAZ-B25/3-NA
FAZ-B30/3-NA
FAZ-B32/3-NA
FAZ-B35/3-NA
FAZ-B40/3-NA
D Curve (10–20X In Current Rating)
0.5
FAZ-D0.5/1-NA-SP
FAZ-D0.5/2-NA
1
FAZ-D1/1-NA-SP
FAZ-D1/2-NA
1.5
FAZ-D1.5/1-NA-SP
FAZ-D1.5/2-NA
2
FAZ-D2/1-NA-SP
FAZ-D2/2-NA
3
FAZ-D3/1-NA-SP
FAZ-D3/2-NA
4
FAZ-D4/1-NA-SP
FAZ-D4/2-NA
5
FAZ-D5/1-NA-SP
FAZ-D5/2-NA
6
FAZ-D6/1-NA-SP
FAZ-D6/2-NA
7
FAZ-D7/1-NA-SP
FAZ-D7/2-NA
8
FAZ-D8/1-NA-SP
FAZ-D8/2-NA
10
FAZ-D10/1-NA-SP
FAZ-D10/2-NA
13
FAZ-D13/1-NA-SP
FAZ-D13/2-NA
15
FAZ-D15/1-NA-SP
FAZ-D15/2-NA
16
FAZ-D16/1-NA-SP
FAZ-D16/2-NA
20
FAZ-D20/1-NA-SP
FAZ-D20/2-NA
FAZ-D25/1-NA-SP
FAZ-D25/2-NA
25
FAZ-D30/1-NA-SP
FAZ-D30/2-NA
30
FAZ-D32/1-NA-SP
FAZ-D32/2-NA
32
FAZ-D35/1-NA-SP
FAZ-D35/2-NA
35 C
40 C
FAZ-D40/1-NA-SP
FAZ-D40/2-NA
Two-Pole A
Three-Pole A
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
C Curve (5–10X In Current Rating)
0.5
FAZ-C0.5/1-NA-SP
FAZ-C0.5/2-NA
1
FAZ-C1/1-NA-SP
FAZ-C1/2-NA
1.5
FAZ-C1.5/1-NA-SP
FAZ-C1.5/2-NA
2
FAZ-C2/1-NA-SP
FAZ-C2/2-NA
3
FAZ-C3/1-NA-SP
FAZ-C3/2-NA
4
FAZ-C4/1-NA-SP
FAZ-C4/2-NA
5
FAZ-C5/1-NA-SP
FAZ-C5/2-NA
6
FAZ-C6/1-NA-SP
FAZ-C6/2-NA
7
FAZ-C7/1-NA-SP
FAZ-C7/2-NA
8
FAZ-C8/1-NA-SP
FAZ-C8/2-NA
10
FAZ-C10/1-NA-SP
FAZ-C10/2-NA
13
FAZ-C13/1-NA-SP
FAZ-C13/2-NA
15
FAZ-C15/1-NA-SP
FAZ-C15/2-NA
16
FAZ-C16/1-NA-SP
FAZ-C16/2-NA
20
FAZ-C20/1-NA-SP
FAZ-C20/2-NA
FAZ-C25/1-NA-SP
FAZ-C25/2-NA
25
FAZ-C30/1-NA-SP
FAZ-C30/2-NA
30
FAZ-C32/1-NA-SP
FAZ-C32/2-NA
32
C
FAZ-C35/1-NA-SP
FAZ-C35/2-NA
35
C
40
FAZ-C40/1-NA-SP
FAZ-C40/2-NA
Three-Pole A
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
FAZ-D0.5/3-NA
FAZ-D1/3-NA
FAZ-D1.5/3-NA
FAZ-D2/3-NA
FAZ-D3/3-NA
FAZ-D4/3-NA
FAZ-D5/3-NA
FAZ-D6/3-NA
FAZ-D7/3-NA
FAZ-D8/3-NA
FAZ-D10/3-NA
FAZ-D13/3-NA
FAZ-D15/3-NA
FAZ-D16/3-NA
FAZ-D20/3-NA
FAZ-D25/3-NA
FAZ-D30/3-NA
FAZ-D32/3-NA
FAZ-D35/3-NA
FAZ-D40/3-NA
A For ring tongue terminals, remove suffix NA and add suffix RT.
B For single packaging on single-pole C and D curves only, add suffix SP when ordering.
C 240 Vac only.
FAZ-C0.5/3-NA
FAZ-C1/3-NA
FAZ-C1.5/3-NA
FAZ-C2/3-NA
FAZ-C3/3-NA
FAZ-C4/3-NA
FAZ-C5/3-NA
FAZ-C6/3-NA
FAZ-C7/3-NA
FAZ-C8/3-NA
FAZ-C10/3-NA
FAZ-C13/3-NA
FAZ-C15/3-NA
FAZ-C16/3-NA
FAZ-C20/3-NA
FAZ-C25/3-NA
FAZ-C30/3-NA
FAZ-C32/3-NA
FAZ-C35/3-NA
FAZ-C40/3-NA
Eaton Corporation
Electrical Sector
1111 Superior Avenue
Cleveland, OH 44114 USA
Eaton.com
© 2013 Eaton Corporation
All Rights Reserved
Printed in USA
Publication No. PA01101003E / Z12781
January 2013
Two-Pole A
Eaton is a registered trademark of Eaton Corporation. All other trademarks are property of their respective owners.
Product data sheet
Characteristics
ATV312H075M3
variable speed drive ATV312 - 0.75kW - 2.2kVA 55W - 200..240 V- 3-phase supply
Product availability: Stock - Normally stocked in distribution facility
Price*: 325.00 USD
Nov 12, 2015
Commercial Status
Commercialised
Range of product
Altivar 312
Product or component
type
Variable speed drive
Product destination
Asynchronous motors
Product specific
application
Simple machine
Assembly style
With heat sink
Component name
ATV312
Motor power kW
0.75 kW
Motor power hp
1 hp
[Us] rated supply
voltage
200...240 V (- 15...10 %)
Supply frequency
50...60 Hz (- 5...5 %)
Network number of
phases
3 phases
Line current
6.4 A for 200 V, 1 kA
5.6 A for 240 V
EMC filter
Without EMC filter
Apparent power
2.2 kVA
Maximum transient
current
7.2 A for 60 s
Power dissipation in W
55 W at nominal load
Speed range
1...50
Asynchronous motor
control profile
Factory set : constant torque
Sensorless flux vector control with PWM type motor
control signal
Electrical connection
L1, L2, L3, U, V, W, PA, PB, PA/+, PC/- terminal 0 in²
(2.5 mm²) AWG 14
Al1, Al2, Al3, AOV, AOC, R1A, R1B, R1C, R2A, R2B,
LI1...LI6 terminal 0 in² (2.5 mm²) AWG 14
Supply
Internal supply for reference potentiometer (2.2 to 10
kOhm) at 10...10.8 V <= 10 mA for overload and shortcircuit protection
Internal supply for logic inputs at 19...30 V <= 100 mA for
overload and short-circuit protection
Communication port
protocol
CANopen
Modbus
IP degree of protection
IP41 on upper part
IP31 on upper part
IP21 on connection terminals
IP20 on upper part without cover plate
Option card
Profibus DP communication card
Modbus TCP communication card
Fipio communication card
DeviceNet communication card
CANopen daisy chain communication card
1
The information provided in this documentation contains general descriptions and/or technical characteristics of the performance of the products contained herein.
This documentation is not intended as a substitute for and is not to be used for determining suitability or reliability of these products for specific user applications.
It is the duty of any such user or integrator to perform the appropriate and complete risk analysis, evaluation and testing of the products with respect to the relevant specific application or use thereof.
Neither Schneider Electric Industries SAS nor any of its affiliates or subsidiaries shall be responsible or liable for misuse of the information contained herein. *Prices are indicative
Main
Complementary
Supply voltage limits
170...264 V
Network frequency limits
47.5...63 Hz
Prospective line Isc
1 kA
Continuous output current
4.8 A at 4 kHz
Speed drive output frequency
0.5...500 Hz
Nominal switching frequency
4 kHz
Switching frequency
2...16 kHz adjustable
Transient overtorque
170...200 % of nominal motor torque
Braking torque
100 % without braking resistor
150 % with braking resistor for 60 s
100 % with braking resistor continuously
Regulation loop
Frequency PI regulator
Motor slip compensation
Adjustable
Automatic whatever the load
Suppressable
Output voltage
<= power supply voltage
Tightening torque
7.08 lbf.in (0.8 N.m) L1, L2, L3, U, V, W, PA, PB, PA/+, PC/5.31 lbf.in (0.6 N.m) Al1, Al2, Al3, AOV, AOC, R1A, R1B, R1C, R2A, R2B, LI1...LI6
Insulation
Electrical between power and control
Analogue input number
3
Analogue input type
AI3 configurable current 0...20 mA, impedance 250 Ohm
AI2 configurable voltage +/- 10 V, input voltage 30 V max, impedance 30000 Ohm
AI1 configurable voltage 0...10 V, input voltage 30 V max, impedance 30000 Ohm
Sampling duration
LI1...LI6 4 ms for discrete
AI1, AI2, AI3 8 ms for analog
Response time
R1A, R1B, R1C, R2A, R2B 8 ms for discrete
AOV, AOC 8 ms for analog
Linearity error
+/- 0.2 % for output
Analogue output number
2
Analogue output type
AOV configurable voltage 0...10 V, impedance 470 Ohm, resolution 8 bits
AOC configurable current 0...20 mA, impedance 800 Ohm, resolution 8 bits
Discrete input logic
(LI1...LI6)Positive logic (source) state 0 < 5 V state 1 > 11 V
(LI1...LI6)Negative logic (source) state 0 > 19 V
(LI1...LI4)Logic input not wired state 1 < 13 V
Discrete output number
2
Discrete output type
(R2A, R2B) configurable relay logic NC, electrical durability 100000 cycles
(R1A, R1B, R1C) configurable relay logic 1 NO + 1 NC, electrical durability 100000
cycles
Minimum switching current
R1-R2 10 mA at 5 V DC
Maximum switching current
R1-R2 on resistive load, 5 A at 30 V DC, cos phi = 1, L/R = 0 ms
R1-R2 on resistive load, 5 A at 250 V AC, cos phi = 1, L/R = 0 ms
R1-R2 on inductive load, 2 A at 30 V DC, cos phi = 0.4, L/R = 7 ms
R1-R2 on inductive load, 2 A at 250 V AC, cos phi = 0.4, L/R = 7 ms
Discrete input number
6
Discrete input type
(LI1...LI6) programmable, 24 V 0...100 mA with PLC, impedance 3500 Ohm
Acceleration and deceleration ramps
Linear adjustable separately from 0.1 to 999.9 s
S, U or customized
Braking to standstill
By DC injection
Protection type
Thermal protection motor
Short-circuit between motor phases drive
Overheating protection drive
Overcurrent between output phases and earth (on power up only) drive
Motor phase breaks drive
Line supply phase loss safety function, for three phases supply drive
Line supply overvoltage and undervoltage safety circuits drive
Input phase breaks drive
Insulation resistance
>= 500 mOhm at 500 V DC for 1 minute
2
Local signalling
Four 7-segment display units for CANopen bus status
1 LED red for drive voltage
Time constant
5 ms for reference change
Frequency resolution
Display unit 0.1 Hz
Analog input 0.1...100 Hz
Type of connector
1 RJ45 Modbus/CANopen
Physical interface
RS485 multidrop serial link
Transmission frame
RTU
Transmission rate
4800, 9600 or 19200 bps Modbus
10, 20, 50, 125, 250, 500 kbps or 1 Mbps CANopen
Number of addresses
1...247 Modbus
1...127 CANopen
Number of drive
31 Modbus
127 CANopen
Marking
CE
Operating position
Vertical +/- 10 degree
Height
5.71 in (145 mm)
Width
2.83 in (72 mm)
Depth
5.2 in (132 mm)
Product weight
2.87 lb(US) (1.3 kg)
Environment
Dielectric strength
2880 V AC between control and power terminals
2040 V DC between earth and power terminals
Electromagnetic compatibility
Radiated radio-frequency electromagnetic field immunity test conforming to IEC
61000-4-3 level 3
Electrostatic discharge immunity test conforming to IEC 61000-4-2 level 3
Electrical fast transient/burst immunity test conforming to IEC 61000-4-4 level 4
1.2/50 µs - 8/20 µs surge immunity test conforming to IEC 61000-4-5 level 3
Standards
IEC 61800-5-1
Product certifications
CSA
C-Tick
GOST
NOM
UL
Pollution degree
2
Protective treatment
TC
Vibration resistance
1.5 mm (f = 3...13 Hz) conforming to EN/IEC 60068-2-6
1 gn (f = 13...150 Hz) conforming to EN/IEC 60068-2-6
Shock resistance
15 gn for 11 ms conforming to EN/IEC 60068-2-27
Relative humidity
5...95 % without dripping water conforming to IEC 60068-2-3
5...95 % without condensation conforming to IEC 60068-2-3
Ambient air temperature for storage
-13...158 °F (-25...70 °C)
Ambient air temperature for operation
14...140 °F (-10...60 °C) with derating factor without protective cover on top of the
drive
14...122 °F (-10...50 °C) without derating with protective cover on top of the drive
Operating altitude
3280.84...9842.52 ft (1000...3000 m) with current derating 1 % per 100 m
<= 3280.84 ft (1000 m) without derating
Ordering and shipping details
Category
22152 - ATV312 / ATV32 (.25 THRU 7.5 HP)
Discount Schedule
CP4B
GTIN
00785901594123
Nbr. of units in pkg.
1
Package weight(Lbs)
3.40
Product availability
Stock - Normally stocked in distribution facility
Returnability
Y
Country of origin
ID
3
Product data sheet
Characteristics
ATV312H055M3
variable speed drive ATV312 - 0.55kW - 1.7kVA 43W - 200..240 V- 3-phase supply
Product availability: Stock - Normally stocked in distribution facility
Price*: 306.00 USD
Nov 12, 2015
Commercial Status
Commercialised
Range of product
Altivar 312
Product or component
type
Variable speed drive
Product destination
Asynchronous motors
Product specific
application
Simple machine
Assembly style
With heat sink
Component name
ATV312
Motor power kW
0.55 kW
Motor power hp
0.75 hp
[Us] rated supply
voltage
200...240 V (- 15...10 %)
Supply frequency
50...60 Hz (- 5...5 %)
Network number of
phases
3 phases
Line current
4.9 A for 200 V, 1 kA
4.2 A for 240 V
EMC filter
Without EMC filter
Apparent power
1.7 kVA
Maximum transient
current
5.6 A for 60 s
Power dissipation in W
43 W at nominal load
Speed range
1...50
Asynchronous motor
control profile
Factory set : constant torque
Sensorless flux vector control with PWM type motor
control signal
Electrical connection
L1, L2, L3, U, V, W, PA, PB, PA/+, PC/- terminal 0 in²
(2.5 mm²) AWG 14
Al1, Al2, Al3, AOV, AOC, R1A, R1B, R1C, R2A, R2B,
LI1...LI6 terminal 0 in² (2.5 mm²) AWG 14
Supply
Internal supply for reference potentiometer (2.2 to 10
kOhm) at 10...10.8 V <= 10 mA for overload and shortcircuit protection
Internal supply for logic inputs at 19...30 V <= 100 mA for
overload and short-circuit protection
Communication port
protocol
CANopen
Modbus
IP degree of protection
IP41 on upper part
IP31 on upper part
IP21 on connection terminals
IP20 on upper part without cover plate
Option card
Profibus DP communication card
Modbus TCP communication card
Fipio communication card
DeviceNet communication card
CANopen daisy chain communication card
1
The information provided in this documentation contains general descriptions and/or technical characteristics of the performance of the products contained herein.
This documentation is not intended as a substitute for and is not to be used for determining suitability or reliability of these products for specific user applications.
It is the duty of any such user or integrator to perform the appropriate and complete risk analysis, evaluation and testing of the products with respect to the relevant specific application or use thereof.
Neither Schneider Electric Industries SAS nor any of its affiliates or subsidiaries shall be responsible or liable for misuse of the information contained herein. *Prices are indicative
Main
Complementary
Supply voltage limits
170...264 V
Network frequency limits
47.5...63 Hz
Prospective line Isc
1 kA
Continuous output current
3.7 A at 4 kHz
Speed drive output frequency
0.5...500 Hz
Nominal switching frequency
4 kHz
Switching frequency
2...16 kHz adjustable
Transient overtorque
170...200 % of nominal motor torque
Braking torque
100 % without braking resistor
150 % with braking resistor for 60 s
100 % with braking resistor continuously
Regulation loop
Frequency PI regulator
Motor slip compensation
Adjustable
Automatic whatever the load
Suppressable
Output voltage
<= power supply voltage
Tightening torque
7.08 lbf.in (0.8 N.m) L1, L2, L3, U, V, W, PA, PB, PA/+, PC/5.31 lbf.in (0.6 N.m) Al1, Al2, Al3, AOV, AOC, R1A, R1B, R1C, R2A, R2B, LI1...LI6
Insulation
Electrical between power and control
Analogue input number
3
Analogue input type
AI3 configurable current 0...20 mA, impedance 250 Ohm
AI2 configurable voltage +/- 10 V, input voltage 30 V max, impedance 30000 Ohm
AI1 configurable voltage 0...10 V, input voltage 30 V max, impedance 30000 Ohm
Sampling duration
LI1...LI6 4 ms for discrete
AI1, AI2, AI3 8 ms for analog
Response time
R1A, R1B, R1C, R2A, R2B 8 ms for discrete
AOV, AOC 8 ms for analog
Linearity error
+/- 0.2 % for output
Analogue output number
2
Analogue output type
AOV configurable voltage 0...10 V, impedance 470 Ohm, resolution 8 bits
AOC configurable current 0...20 mA, impedance 800 Ohm, resolution 8 bits
Discrete input logic
(LI1...LI6)Positive logic (source) state 0 < 5 V state 1 > 11 V
(LI1...LI6)Negative logic (source) state 0 > 19 V
(LI1...LI4)Logic input not wired state 1 < 13 V
Discrete output number
2
Discrete output type
(R2A, R2B) configurable relay logic NC, electrical durability 100000 cycles
(R1A, R1B, R1C) configurable relay logic 1 NO + 1 NC, electrical durability 100000
cycles
Minimum switching current
R1-R2 10 mA at 5 V DC
Maximum switching current
R1-R2 on resistive load, 5 A at 30 V DC, cos phi = 1, L/R = 0 ms
R1-R2 on resistive load, 5 A at 250 V AC, cos phi = 1, L/R = 0 ms
R1-R2 on inductive load, 2 A at 30 V DC, cos phi = 0.4, L/R = 7 ms
R1-R2 on inductive load, 2 A at 250 V AC, cos phi = 0.4, L/R = 7 ms
Discrete input number
6
Discrete input type
(LI1...LI6) programmable, 24 V 0...100 mA with PLC, impedance 3500 Ohm
Acceleration and deceleration ramps
Linear adjustable separately from 0.1 to 999.9 s
S, U or customized
Braking to standstill
By DC injection
Protection type
Thermal protection motor
Short-circuit between motor phases drive
Overheating protection drive
Overcurrent between output phases and earth (on power up only) drive
Motor phase breaks drive
Line supply phase loss safety function, for three phases supply drive
Line supply overvoltage and undervoltage safety circuits drive
Input phase breaks drive
Insulation resistance
>= 500 mOhm at 500 V DC for 1 minute
2
Local signalling
Four 7-segment display units for CANopen bus status
1 LED red for drive voltage
Time constant
5 ms for reference change
Frequency resolution
Display unit 0.1 Hz
Analog input 0.1...100 Hz
Type of connector
1 RJ45 Modbus/CANopen
Physical interface
RS485 multidrop serial link
Transmission frame
RTU
Transmission rate
4800, 9600 or 19200 bps Modbus
10, 20, 50, 125, 250, 500 kbps or 1 Mbps CANopen
Number of addresses
1...247 Modbus
1...127 CANopen
Number of drive
31 Modbus
127 CANopen
Marking
CE
Operating position
Vertical +/- 10 degree
Height
5.71 in (145 mm)
Width
2.83 in (72 mm)
Depth
5.2 in (132 mm)
Product weight
2.87 lb(US) (1.3 kg)
Environment
Dielectric strength
2880 V AC between control and power terminals
2040 V DC between earth and power terminals
Electromagnetic compatibility
Radiated radio-frequency electromagnetic field immunity test conforming to IEC
61000-4-3 level 3
Electrostatic discharge immunity test conforming to IEC 61000-4-2 level 3
Electrical fast transient/burst immunity test conforming to IEC 61000-4-4 level 4
1.2/50 µs - 8/20 µs surge immunity test conforming to IEC 61000-4-5 level 3
Standards
IEC 61800-5-1
Product certifications
CSA
C-Tick
GOST
NOM
UL
Pollution degree
2
Protective treatment
TC
Vibration resistance
1.5 mm (f = 3...13 Hz) conforming to EN/IEC 60068-2-6
1 gn (f = 13...150 Hz) conforming to EN/IEC 60068-2-6
Shock resistance
15 gn for 11 ms conforming to EN/IEC 60068-2-27
Relative humidity
5...95 % without dripping water conforming to IEC 60068-2-3
5...95 % without condensation conforming to IEC 60068-2-3
Ambient air temperature for storage
-13...158 °F (-25...70 °C)
Ambient air temperature for operation
14...140 °F (-10...60 °C) with derating factor without protective cover on top of the
drive
14...122 °F (-10...50 °C) without derating with protective cover on top of the drive
Operating altitude
3280.84...9842.52 ft (1000...3000 m) with current derating 1 % per 100 m
<= 3280.84 ft (1000 m) without derating
Ordering and shipping details
Category
22152 - ATV312 / ATV32 (.25 THRU 7.5 HP)
Discount Schedule
CP4B
GTIN
00785901594109
Nbr. of units in pkg.
1
Package weight(Lbs)
3.36
Product availability
Stock - Normally stocked in distribution facility
Returnability
Y
Country of origin
ID
3
QO® Circuit Breakers
Class 685, 690, 730, 912, 950
www.SquareD.com
For the most up-to-date information
Plug-On Circuit Breakers—UL Listed Amperes Interrupting Rating (AIR) In Amperes RMS Symmetrical
1-pole
QO-AFI
Three-wire
QO-SWN
Two-wire
QO-SWN
2-pole
QO-GFI
1-pole
QO-GFI
QO
1-pole
With Shunt Trip
QO-K Key
Operated
Ampere
Rating
a
120 Vac—10,000 AIR
15
20
QO-AFI
1-pole
Catalog No
Price
QO115HMcd
QO120HMcd
$20.40
20.40
15
20
1-pole 120 Vac
10,000 AIR
1 Space Required
Catalog No.
Price
QO115AFId
$160.
QO120AFId
160.
1-pole 120 Vac
22,000 AIR
1 Space Required
Catalog No.
Price
QO115VHAFId
$331.
QO120VHAFId
331.
QO-HID Circuit Breakers
HID circuit breakers are for use on circuits feeding fluorescent and high intensity
discharge (HID) lighting systems such as mercury vapor, metal halide, or high
pressure sodium. These circuit breakers are physically interchangeable with QO
circuit breakers.
Ampere
Rating
a
1-pole
120/240 Vac
15
20
25
30
40
50
10,000 AIR
1 Space Required
Catalog No.
Price
QO115HIDc
$25.40
QO120HIDc
25.40
QO125HID
25.40
QO130HID
25.40
QO140HID
25.40
QO150HID
25.40
QO Circuit Breakers with arc fault protection in accordance with UL1699.
Ampere
Rating
a
QO-GFI
QO-HID
QO-K
Qwik-Gard® circuit breakers provide overload and short circuit protection,
combined with Class A ground fault protection. Class A denotes a ground fault
circuit interrupter that will trip when a fault current to ground is 6 milliamperes or
more, for people protection. Do not connect to more than 250 feet of load conductor
for the total one-way run to prevent nuisance tripping.
1 Space Required
Catalog No.
Price
QO115GFI
$155.
QO120GFI
155.
QO125GFI
155.
QO130GFI
155.
....
...
....
...
....
...
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
1 Space Required
Catalog No.
Price
QO115VHGFI $321.
QO120VHGFI
321.
QO125VHGFI
321.
QO130VHGFI
321.
....
...
....
...
....
...
2 Spaces Required
Catalog No.
Price
QO215GFI
$275.
QO220GFI
275.
QO225GFI
275.
QO230GFI
275.
QO240GFI
275.
QO250GFI
275.
QO260GFIb
275.
QO-EPD QO-EPD circuit breakers provide overload and short circuit protection combined
with Class B ground fault protection. They are designed to provide ground fault
protection of equipment at a 30 milliampere level. They are not designed to protect
people from electrical shock.
Ampere
Rating
a
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
QO-SWN
Ampere
Rating
a
10
15
20
25
30
40
50
1-pole
120 Vac
10,000 AIR
1 Space Required
Catalog No.
Price
QO115EPD
$273.
QO120EPD
273.
QO125EPD
273.
QO130EPD
273.
....
...
....
...
....
...
Switch Neutral Common Trip 2002 NEC® 514.11
2 Wire 120 Vac
10,000 AIR
2 Spaces Required
Catalog No.
Price
QO210SWN
$63.
QO215SWN
63.
QO220SWN
63.
QO225SWN
63.
QO230SWN
63.
QO240SWN
63.
QO250SWN
63.
© 2003 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
9/8/03
9/8/03
2-pole Common Trip
120/240 Vac
10,000 AIR
2 Spaces Required
Catalog No.
Price
QO215EPD
$440.
QO220EPD
440.
QO225EPD
440.
QO230EPD
440.
QO240EPD
440.
QO250EPD
440.
QO260EPDb
440.
3 Wire 120/240 Vac
10,000 AIR
3 Spaces Required
Catalog No.
Price
QO310SWN
$95.
QO315SWN
95.
QO320SWN
95.
QO325SWN
95.
QO330SWN
95.
QO340SWN
95.
QO350SWN
95.
DE2A
10,000 AIR
2 Spaces Required
Catalog No.
Price
QO215HID
$58.00
QO220HID
58.00
QO225HID
58.00
QO230HID
58.00
QO240HID
58.00
QO250HID
58.00
3-pole Common Trip
240 Vac
10,000 AIR
3 Spaces Required
Catalog No.
Price
QO315HID
$200.00
QO320HID
200.00
QO325HID
200.00
QO330HID
200.00
....
...
....
...
Key operated QO circuit breakers are available in single-pole construction and can
be mounted in any single-pole space which will accept a standard QO. These circuit
breakers can be turned ON or OFF or to RESET with a special key (Catalog No.
QOK10) included with the circuit breaker. These circuit breakers are UL Listed and
available as shown in the table.
120 Vac—10,000 AIR (1 Space Required)
Ampere
Rating
a
10
15
20
25
30
Qwik-Gard Circuit Breakers
With Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter
1-pole
2-pole Common Trip
120 Vac
120/240 Vac
10,000 AIR
22,000 AIR
10,000 AIR
Ampere
Rating
a
2-pole Common Trip
120/240 Vac
Catalog No.
Price
QO110K
QO115K
QO120K
QO125K
QO130K
$109.
109.
109.
109.
109.
a 10–30 ampere breakers are suitable for use with 60°C or 75°C conductors. 35–60 ampere
circuit breakers are suitable for use with 75°C conductors.
b Suitable only for feeding 240 Vac and 208 Vac 2 wire loads. Does not contain load neutral
connection.
c UL Listed as SWD (switching duty) rated. Suitable for switching 120 Vac fluorescent lighting
loads.
d UL Listed as HACR type for use with air conditioning, heating and refrigeration equipment
having motor group combinations and marked for use with HACR type circuit breakers.
Non-automatic (Standard) Miniature Switches
Miniature non-automatic switches have the same physical packaging as
miniature circuit breakers, but open only when the handle is switched to
the OFF position.
Non-automatic switches provide no overcurrent protection or short
circuit protection. They must not be used on systems that have an
available fault current greater than the values listed in the table.
Non-automatic switches are UL Listed per UL 1087 and are CSA
certified.
Non-automatic Miniature Switches, 240 Vac 10 kA
Ampere
Rating
60
100
60
100
125
Discount
Schedule
2-pole
Catalog No.
Price
QO200
$ 46.90
QO2000
133.00
QOU200
58.00
QOU2000
164.00
QOU20001
302.00
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
High magnetic trip circuit breakers are recommended for applications where high
initial inrush may occur and for individual dimmer applications.
6
QO-HM
3-pole
Catalog No.
Price
QO300
$165.00
QO3000
244.00
QOU300
190.00
QOU3000
277.00
QOU30001
477.00
6-11
QO® and QOU Miniature
Circuit Breakers
QO® and Multi 9TM Mounting Bases
Class 652 / Catalog 0730CT9801, 0860CT0201
www.schneider-electric.us
QO OEM Mounting Bases—UL Recognized Components
Voltage
System
1P
Spaces
Max. No.
1P
Mounting Bases
Cat. No.
QON2L40
QON120L125I
Solid Neutral Assemblies
Main Lug
Rating
Number of Branch
Neutral Terminals
Cat. No.
125 A
125 A
200 A
200 A
225 A
12
20
12
30
42
SN12125
SN20
SN12200
SN30
SN42
Table 7.18:
Description
One-conductor
Mounting Base
Two-conductor
Mounting Base
Three-conductor
Mounting Base
Table 7.19:
Main Neutral Lug Wire Size
$ Price
36.30
39.50
40.70
54.00
63.00
Cu/Al
4–2/0 AWG
4–2/0 AWG
4 AWG–300 kcmil
4 AWG–300 kcmil
4 AWG–300 kcmil
Branch Neutral Terminal Wire Size
Cu
14–4 AWG
14–4 AWG
14–4 AWG
14–4 AWG
14–4 AWG
Al
12–4 AWG
12–4 AWG
12–4 AWG
12–4 AWG
12–4 AWG
7
Table 7.17:
Multi-9 Mounting Bases for UL489 C60, 240 Vac max.
Poles
12
24
36
48
60
12
24
36
48
60
12
24
36
48
60
Amperes
200 A
150 A
200 A
100 A
200 A
Length
in.
10.4
14.4
19
23
27.5
10.4
14.4
19
23
27.5
10.4
14.4
19
23
27.5
mm
264
366
483
584
699
264
366
483
584
699
264
366
483
584
699
Cat. No.e
US11220018
US12420018
US13620018
US14820018
US16020018
US21215018
US22420018
US23620018
US24820018
US26020018
US31210018
US32420018
US33620018
US34820018
US36020018
$ Price
330.00
476.00
632.00
810.00
972.00
429.00
645.00
887.00
1140.00
1359.00
467.00
701.00
960.00
1245.00
1547.00
Accessories for US Mounting Base for UL489 C60
Description
Main lug kit for US mounting bases, 1 lug per kit, for 6 AWG to 300 kcmil cable
Terminal cover for US mounting base; provides IP20 ingress protection per IEC 60529; suitable for jumper bars or cable
e
DE2 Discount Schedule
© 2009 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Main Wire Size
AWG/kcmil
$ Price
QO Plug-On Mounting Bases—For unit mounting QO, QO-GFI, QO-AFI and QO-EPD circuit breakers
70 A
2
2
QON2L70
27.30
14–4 Cu, 12–3 Al
125 A
4
4
SK9948BW
75.00
12–1/0 Cu/Al
125 A
4
4
SK9842
78.00
12–1/0 Cu/Al
1Ø2W 240 Vac Max. 10 k AIC
125 A
6
6
SK9795
84.00
12–1/0 Cu/Al
(Without Neutral Assembly)
125 A
6
6
SK9801
108.00
12–1/0 Cu/Al
150 A
6
6
SK9796BW
131.00
8–3/0 Cu/Al
150 A
8
8
SK9797
140.00
8–3/0 Cu/Al
40 A
2
2
QON2L40
35.00
14–6 Cu, 12–6 Al
70 A
2
4
QON24L70
50.00
14–4 Cu, 12–3 Al
100 A
6
12
QON612L100
70.00
8–1/0 Cu/Al
100 A
8
16
QON816L100
92.00
8–1/0 Cu/Al
100 A
12
12
QON12L100
113.00
12–2/0 Cu/Al
100 A
12
12
QON12L100SFb
161.00
6–2/0 Cu/Al
125 A
12
12
QON112L125I
120.00
4–2/0 Cu/Al
125 A
12
24
QON11224L125I
168.00
4–2/0 Cu/Al
125 A
16
16
QON116L125I
131.00
4–2/0 Cu/Al
125 A
16
24
QON11624L125I
191.00
4–2/0 Cu/Al
1Ø3W 240 Vac Max. 10 k AAIC
125 A
20
20
QON120L125I
225.00
4–2/0 Cu/Al
125 A
24
24
QON124L125I
263.00
6–2/0 Cu/Al
125 A
32
32
QON132L125I
360.00
4–2/0 Cu/Al
125 A
20
24
QON12024L125I
263.00
4–2/0 Cu/Al
150 A
24
24
QON124L150I
263.00
4–250 Cu/Al
200 A
12
12
QON124L200I
339.00
4–250 Cu/Al
200 A
12
12
QON12L200FTLc
500.00
4–250 Cu/Al
200 A
24
24
QON124L200I
339.00
4–250 Cu/Al
200 A
24
24
QON124L200DLd
500.00
(2) 4–300 Cu/Al
200 A
30
30
QON130L200I
417.00
4–250 Cu/Al
225 A
42
42
QON142L225I
599.00
4–300 Cu/Al
125 A
12
12
QON312L125
251.00
4–2/0 Cu/Al
125 A
20
20
QON320L125
380.00
4–2/0 Cu/Al
125 A
24
24
QON324L125
395.00
4–2/0 Cu/Al
3Ø3W 240 Vac Max. 10 k AIC
200
A
18
18
QON318L200
327.00
4–300
Cu/Al
(Without Neutral Assy.)
200 A
24
24
QON324L200
402.00
4–300 Cu/Al
200 A
30
30
QON330L200
477.00
4–300 Cu/Al
225 A
42
42
QON342L225
674.00
4–300 Cu/Al
60 A
3
3
QON403L60N
49.80
12–6 Cu/Al
125 A
12
12
QON312L125I
281.00
4–2/0 Cu/Al
125 A
20
20
QON320L125I a
441.00
4–2/0 Cu/Al
125 A
24
24
QON324L125I
461.00
4–2/0 Cu/Al
3Ø4W 240 Vac Max.
10 k AIC
200 A
18
18
QON318L200I
426.00
4–300 Cu/Al
200 A
24
24
QON324L200I
468.00
4–300 Cu/Al
200 A
30
30
QON330L200I a
528.00
4–300 Cu/Al
225 A
42
42
QON342L225I
716.00
4–300 Cu/Al
QO Plug-On Mounting Bases—For unit mounting QO, QO-GFI and QO-EPD circuit breakers
70 A
1
1
QOMB1
29.60
14–4 Cu 12–2 Al
1Ø2W 240 Vac Max. 10 k AIC
70 A
2
2
QOMB2
59.00
14–4 Cu 12–2 Al
(Without Neutral Assembly)
70 A
3
3
QOMB3
87.00
14–4 Cu 12–2 Al
QOB Bolt-On Mounting Bases—For unit mounting QOB, QOB-GFI, QOB-EPD circuit breakers
3Ø3W 240 Vac Max.10 k AIC
100 A
3
3
QON3B
56.00
12–1 Cu/Al
(Without Neutral Assembly)
a
Also IEC rated and CE marked for IEC 60439-1. Use only Square D brand Type QOXC, QOXD, QOHX and QOE circuit
breakers for 415Y/240 Vac max. systems.
b
Device comes with factory-installed sub-feed lugs.
c
Device comes with factory-installed feed-thru lugs.
d
Device comes with factory-installed dual-line lugs.
SN12125
US Mounting Base
for UL489 C60
(3 conductor shown)
Main Lug
Rating
DE3A
DE2
Discount
Schedule
MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Table 7.16:
Cat. No.e
USMBLK
USMBTC
$ Price
24.00
49.50
7-13
QOU and QYU Unit Mount
Miniature Circuit Breakers
Class 720
Low Ampere QOU
Miniature Circuit
Breakers
www.SquareD.com
For the most up-to-date information
QOU Miniature Circuit Breakers
QOU unit mount miniature circuit breakers (cable-in/cable-out) are ideal for OEM
applications. They have Square D’s unique Visi-Trip feature and can be
DIN rail-mounted or surface- or flush-mounted using mounting feet.
1-pole 1
20 Vac
Ampere
Rating
General Specifications Common to All Low Ampere
QOU Circuit Breakers
• For convenient flush mount, surface mount or DIN
mount (symmetrical rail 35 x 7.5 DIN/EN 50 022)
• Single handle with internal common trip
• Terminal lug wire size (1) #14–#2 AWG Cu or Al
• Reversible line and load lugs
• Field-installable quick connectors
• UL Listed as HACR Type—10–70 A
2-pole
120/240 Vac
Price
2-pole
240 Vac
Catalog No.
Catalog No.
Catalog No.
10
15
20
25
30
QOU110
QOU115
QOU120
QOU125
QOU130
QOU210
QOU215
QOU220
QOU225
QOU230
QOU210H
QOU215H
QOU220H
QOU225H
QOU230H
35
40
45
50
60
QOU135
QOU140
QOU145
QOU150
QOU160
3-pole
240 Vac
Price
Price
Catalog No.
10,000 AIR
$26.80
70
80
90
100
QOU170
QOU180a
QOU190a
QOU1100a
125
....
QOU310
QOU315
QOU320
QOU325
QOU330
....
....
....
....
....
...
...
...
...
...
QOU335
QOU340
QOU345
QOU350
QOU360
$ 58.00
QOU235
QOU240
QOU245
QOU250
QOU260
52.00
$112.00
QOU270
$190.00
114.00
....
...
QOU370a
242.00
117.00
QOU280a
QOU290a
QOU2100a
164.00
....
....
....
...
...
...
QOU380a
QOU390a
QOU3100a
277.00
...
QOU2125a
301.00
....
...
....
....
....
....
...
...
...
...
....
....
....
....
....
...
...
...
...
...
....
...
22,000 AIR
High Ampere
QOU Circuit Breakers
General Specifications
Common to All High Ampere
QOU Circuit Breakers
6
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
• UL Listed 48 Vdc (5,000 AIR)
Price
• Flush mount, surface mount, and DIN rail mount
• Internal common trip
15
20
25
30
QOU115VH
QOU120VH
QOU125VH
QOU130VH
35
40
45
50
60
QOU135VH
QOU140VH
QOU145VH
QOU150VH
QOU160VH
QOU215VH
QOU220VH
QOU225VH
QOU230VH
67.00
QOU235VH
QOU240VH
QOU245VH
QOU250VH
QOU260VH
126.00
QOU315VH
QOU320VH
QOU325VH
QOU330VH
....
....
....
....
....
284.00
...
...
...
...
...
QOU-HM
High magnetic trip circuit breakers are recommended for applications where
high initial inrush may occur and for individual dimmer applications.
15
20
QOU115HM
QOU120HM
26.80
....
....
...
...
....
....
...
...
....
....
...
...
....
....
....
....
...
...
...
...
• Lugs supplied in standard position only
• Terminal lug wire size (1) #12–#2/0 AWG Cu or Al
• UL Listed 60 Vdc per pole (5000 AIR)—
Note: except switches
• UL Listed as HACR
type—80–125 A
QYU UL1077 Recognized Supplementary Protectors (5,000 AIR)
1-pole 277 Vac
15
20
25
30
QYU115
QYU120
QYU125
QYU130
81.00
....
....
....
....
...
...
...
...
....
....
....
....
...
...
...
...
QOU Non-Automatic Switches
Non-automatic switches have the same physical packaging as miniature
circuit breakers, but provide no overcurrent or short circuit protection.
They are UL Listed per UL1087 and are CSA certified.
60
....
...
....
...
QOU200
58.00
QOU300
190.00
100
....
...
....
...
QOU2000
164.00
QOU3000
277.00
125
....
...
....
...
QOU20001
301.00
QOU30001
477.00
a High-ampere QOUs use appropriately sized terminal lugs and accessories.
Interrupting Ratings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 6-3
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 6-12, 6-15
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 6-49
6-14
9/27/05
DE2
Discount
Schedule
© 2005 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
9/27/05
Pool and Spa Lighting
13
60 Hz for
Lamp Wattages:
100-1000
Overview
Dimensional Drawings
Wiring Diagrams
Selection Charts
120 V - 12/13/14 V
13.2
13.3
13.3
13.3
Version
JE901 0612
Date
Dec 06
Contents
1-800-892-3755
www.jeffersonelectric.com
Dry-Type Transformers
13.1
13 Pool and Spa Lighting
Products
■ Lamp Watts: 100 through 1000*
Applications
■ For use with submersible fixtures including swimming pools, water fountains,
low voltage circuits near water or other shock hazards
■ Note: Transformers themselves are not submersible
Specifications
■ Single-Phase encapsulated
■ Encapsulated with electrical grade resin
■ Cores of high quality electrical steel
■ NEMA 3R-rated enclosures
■ 60 Hz operation
■ Electrostatically shielded
■ 12, 13, 14 volt taps to compensate for voltage drop on long electrical runs
■ Heat-cured ASA-61 gray powder coat finish
■ Proudly Made in U.S.A.
Features, Functions, Benefits
■ Resetable power circuit breakers to interrupt if a short or over-voltage occurs
■ Quiet operation for installation flexibility
■ Convenient wall mount design with slotted mounting holes
■ Permanently affixed wiring diagram
Dec 06
Standards
■ Built in accordance with NEMA, ANSI, UL and CSA standards
Version
JE901 0612
Date
*Options and Accessories
■ Other sizes and voltages available as custom
13.2
Dry-Type Transformers
www.jeffersonelectric.com
1-800-892-3755
13
Pool and Spa Lighting
Single-Phase Encapsulated For Submersible Fixtures
Electrostatic Shield • 60 Hz • 180°C Insulation Class
Lamps
Watts
Catalog
Number
Fig.
Height A
(in.)
Width B
(in.)
Depth C
(in.)
Wiring
Diagram
Est. Ship
Wgt. (lbs.)
2
2
2
2
9.06
9.06
9.06
9.06
5.06
5.06
5.06
5.06
4.59
4.59
4.59
4.59
S120A
S120A
S120A
S120A
S120A
12.50
13.00
14.00
18.00
120 V– 12/13/14 V
100
300
500
1000
411-0938-055
411-0939-055
411-0940-055
411-0941-055
Note: Housing dimensions subject to change without notice. Consult
website or factory where dimensions are critical.
®
S120A Wiring Diagram & Connections*
Wiring Diagram
Figure 2
B
C
Connections
Primary Lines
Connect To
H1, H2
Secondary Lines
Connect To
± and 12V
± and 13V
± and 14V
Version
JE901 0612
Date
Dec 06
A
Primary
Volts
120
Sec.
Volts
12
13
14
NOTE: Electrostatic shields are optionally available and not shown in all wiring diagrams.
1-800-892-3755
www.jeffersonelectric.com
* Insulate unused taps individually.
Dry-Type Transformers
13.3
SECTION
6
LOW VOLTAGE LIGHTING TRANSFORMERS & POWER SUPPLIES
Pool & Spa Specifications Dimensions & Selection
W
WIRING DIAGRAMS
100, 300 & 500 VA
MAXIMUM WINDING RISE 115° C
BLACK
14V
13V
12V
120V
H
0V
WHITE
ENCLOSURE MUST
BE GROUNDED
D
GROUP IV
120 VOLT INPUT — 12, 13 OR 14 VOLT OUTPUT — 1Ø, 60 Hz
VA
RATING
COLD - ROLLED
STEEL ENCLOSURE
CATALOG NO. {
APPROX. DIMENSIONS
INCHES (CM.)
HEIGHT
WIDTH
DEPTH
STAINLESS STEEL
ENCLOSURE
CATALOG NO. {
APPROX.
KNOCKOUT
SHIP. WEIGHT
SIZE
LBS. (KG.)
IN. (CM.)
100
T179101SL
T79101SL
8.40 (21.3)
3.50 (8.9)
4.83 (12.3)
7 (3.2)
Two Single
100
T179101SR
T79101SR
8.40 (21.3) 3.50 (8.9)
4.83 (12.3)
7 (3.2)
.875 (2.2)
300
T179203SL
T79203SL
8.40 (21.3) 4.22 (10.7) 5.50 (14.0)
12 (5.4)
Two Single
300
T179203SR
T79203SR
8.40 (21.3) 4.22 (10.7) 5.50 (14.0)
12 (5.4)
.875 (2.2)
500
T179105SL
T79105SL
10.00 (25.4) 4.41 (11.2) 5.66 (14.4)
15 (6.8)
Two Single
500
T179105SR
T79105SR
10.00 (25.4) 4.41 (11.2) 5.66 (14.4)
15 (6.8)
.875 (2.2)
CURRENT
(MAX. AMPS)
PRIMARY
LDS.
2 PCS. OF #
SECONDARY
LDS.
4 PCS. OF #
8.3
14 CU
12 CU
25.0
14 CU
12 CU
41.6
14 CU
10 CU
240 (73.2)
270 (82.3)
300 (91.4)
GUIDE CHART |
For Selecting Secondary Voltage Tap To Be Used With Various
Wire Sizes For Given Distances Between Transformer And Lamps
DISTANCE FT. (M.) FROM TRANSFORMER TO LAMPS FOR 100 WATT LOAD
Wire Size
(Gauge)
Less Than
30 (9.1)
30 (9.1)
60 (18.3)
14
12V
13V
14V
12
12V
13V
13V
14V
10
12V
13V
13V
14V
14V
8
12V
12V
12V
13V
13V
90 (27.4)
120 (36.6)
150 (45.7)
180 (54.9)
210 (64.0)
Use Larger Wire Size
Use Larger Wire Size
Use Larger Wire Size
13V
14V
14V
14V
Use Larger Wire Size
DISTANCE FT. (M.) FROM TRANSFORMER TO LAMPS FOR 300 WATT LOAD
Wire Size
(Gauge)
Less Than
10 (3.0)
10 (3.0)
20 (6.1)
30 (9.1)
12
12V
13V
13V
14V
10
12V
12V
13V
13V
14V
14V
8
12V
12V
12V
13V
13V
13V
14V
14V
14V
6
12V
12V
12V
12V
13V
13V
13V
13V
14V
40 (12.2)
50 (15.2)
60 (18.3)
70 (21.3)
80 (24.4)
90 (27.4) 100 (30.5) 110 (33.5) 120 (36.6)
Use Larger Wire Size
Use Larger Wire Size
Use Larger Wire Size
14V
14V
14V
14V
DISTANCE FT. (M.) FROM TRANSFORMER TO LAMPS FOR 500 WATT LOAD
Wire Size
(Gauge)
Less Than
10 (3.0)
10 (3.0)
20 (6.1)
30 (9.1)
10
12V
13V
14V
14V
8
12V
12V
13V
13V
14V
6
12V
12V
13V
13V
13V
14V
14V
14V
4
12V
12V
12V
12V
13V
13V
13V
13V
40 (12.2)
50 (15.2)
60 (18.3)
70 (21.3)
80 (24.4)
90 (27.4) 100 (30.5) 110 (33.5) 120 (36.6)
Use Larger Wire Size
Use Larger Wire Size
Use Larger Wire Size
14V
14V
14V
14V
14V
{ Suffix – SL denotes primary cable entry from left side, low voltage right side. Suffix – SR denotes primary cable entry from right side, low voltage left side.
All units have auto-thermal reset.
| Confirm tap selection by measurement of voltage at lamp terminals when all of the lamps are operating.
ACME ELECTRIC • MILWAUKEE, WI • 800.334.5214 • acmepowerdist.com
91
Industrial Control
Class 9070 / Refer to Catalogs 9070CT9901, 7400CT9601
www.us.schneider-electric.com
W
D
in (mm)
in (mm)
Primary 240 x 480 Secondary 120; Primary 230 x 460 Secondary 115; or Primary 220 x 440
Secondary 110
25
25
9070T25D1
74.00 2.58 (65.5)
3.00 (76.2)
3.09 (78.5)
2.5
50
50
9070T50D1
77.00 2.58 (65.5)
3.00 (76.2)
3.09 (78.5)
2.5
75
75
9070T75D1
92.00 2.89 (73.4)
3.38 (85.8)
3.34 (84.8)
3.8
100
100
9070T100D1
103.00 2.89 (73.4)
3.38 (85.8)
3.34 (84.8)
3.8
150
150
9070T150D1
110.00 3.20 (81.3)
3.75 (95.3)
3.59 (91.2)
5.5
200
200
9070T200D1
136.00 3.20 (81.3)
3.75 (95.3)
3.59 (91.2)
5.5
250
160
9070T250D1
159.00 3.25 (82.6)
3.75 (95.3)
5.25 (133.4)
7.1
300
200
9070T300D1
176.00 3.80 (96.5)
4.50 (114.3) 4.70 (119.4)
8.5
350
250
9070T350D1
187.00 3.80 (96.5)
4.50 (114.3) 5.09 (129.3) 10.5
500
300
9070T500D1
233.00 3.80 (96.5)
4.50 (114.3) 5.46 (138.7) 11.9
750
500
9070T750D1
322.00 4.43 (112.5) 5.25 (133.4) 5.66 (143.8) 11.0
1000
630
9070T1000D1
390.00 4.43 (112.5) 5.25 (133.4) 6.04 (153.4) 20.6
1500 1000 9070T1500D1
558.00 6.16 (156.5) 7.06 (179.3) 5.81 (147.6) 34.0
2000 1500 9070T2000D1
678.00 6.16 (156.5) 7.06 (179.3) 7.04 (178.8) 47.0
3000 2000 9070T3000D1
941.00 8.46 (214.9) 9.00 (228.6) 6.86 (174.2) 60.0
5000 3000 9070T5000D1 1582.00 8.46 (214.9) 9.00 (228.6) 8.73 (221.7) 89.0
Primary 208 Secondary 120
50
50
9070T50D3
90.00 2.58 (65.5)
3.00 (76.2)
3.09 (78.5)
2.5
75
75
9070T75D3
108.00 2.89 (73.4)
3.38 (85.8)
3.34 (84.8)
3.8
100
100
9070T100D3
121.00 2.89 (73.4)
3.38 (85.8)
3.34 (84.8)
3.8
150
150
9070T150D3
153.00 3.20 (81.3)
3.75 (95.3)
3.59 (91.2)
5.5
200
200
9070T200D3
195.00 3.20 (81.3)
3.75 (95.3)
3.59 (91.2)
5.5
250
160
9070T250D3
242.00 3.25 (82.6)
3.75 (95.3)
5.25 (133.4)
7.1
300
200
9070T300D3
248.00 3.80 (96.5)
4.50 (114.3) 4.70 (119.4)
8.5
350
250
9070T350D3
288.00 3.80 (96.5)
4.50 (114.3) 5.09 (129.3) 10.5
500
300
9070T500D3
314.00 3.80 (96.5)
4.50 (114.3) 5.46 (138.7) 11.9
750
500
9070T750D3
443.00 4.43 (112.5) 5.25 (133.4) 5.66 (143.8) 11.0
1000
630
9070T1000D3
558.00 4.43 (112.5) 5.25 (133.4) 6.04 (153.4) 20.6
1500 1000 9070T1500D3
780.00 6.16 (156.5) 7.06 (179.3) 5.81 (147.6) 34.0
2000 1500 9070T2000D3
905.00 6.16 (156.5) 7.06 (179.3) 7.04 (178.8) 47.0
3000 2000 9070T3000D3 1276.00 8.46 (214.9) 9.00 (228.6) 6.86 (174.2) 60.0
5000 3000 9070T5000D3 2010.00 8.46 (214.9) 9.00 (228.6) 8.73 (221.7) 89.0
Primary 600 Secondary 120; Primary 575 Secondary 115; or Primary 550 Secondary 110
50
50
9070T50D5
90.00 2.58 (65.5)
3 (76.2)
3.09 (78.5)
2.5
75
75
9070T75D5
108.00 2.89 (73.4)
3.38 (85.8)
3.34 (84.8)
3.8
100
100
9070T100D5
121.00 2.89 (73.4)
3.38 (85.8)
3.34 (84.8)
3.8
150
150
9070T150D5
153.00 3.20 (81.3)
3.75 (95.3)
3.59 (91.2)
5.5
200
200
9070T200D5
195.00 3.20 (81.3)
3.75 (95.3)
3.59 (91.2)
5.5
250
160
9070T250D5
242.00 3.25 (82.6)
3.75 (95.3)
5.25 (133.4)
7.1
300
200
9070T300D5
248.00 3.80 (96.5)
4.50 (114.3) 4.70 (119.4)
8.5
350
250
9070T350D5
288.00 3.80 (96.5)
4.50 (114.3) 5.09 (129.3) 10.5
500
300
9070T500D5
314.00 3.80 (96.5)
4.50 (114.3) 5.46 (138.7) 11.9
750
500
9070T750D5
443.00 4.43 (112.5) 5.25 (133.4) 5.66 (143.8) 11.0
1000
630
9070T1000D5
558.00 4.43 (112.5) 5.25 (133.4) 6.04 (153.4) 20.6
1500 1000 9070T1500D5
780.00 6.16 (156.5) 7.06 (179.3) 5.81 (147.6) 34.0
2000 1500 9070T2000D5
905.00 6.16 (156.5) 7.06 (179.3) 7.04 (178.8) 47.0
3000 2000 9070T3000D5 1276.00 8.46 (214.9) 9.00 (228.6) 6.86 (174.2) 60.0
5000 3000 9070T5000D5 2010.00 8.46 (214.9) 9.00 (228.6) 8.73 (221.7) 89.0
Primary 120 Secondary 120; Primary 115 Secondary 115; or Primary 110 Secondary 110
50
50
9070T50D24
312.00 2.58 (65.5)
3.00 (76.2)
3.09 (78.5)
2.5
75
75
9070T75D24
324.00 2.89 (73.4)
3.38 (85.8)
3.34 (84.8)
3.8
100
100
9070T100D24
326.00 2.89 (73.4)
3.38 (85.8)
3.34 (84.8)
3.8
150
150
9070T150D24
348.00 3.20 (81.3)
3.75 (95.3)
3.59 (91.2)
5.5
200
200
9070T200D24
475.00 3.20 (81.3)
3.75 (95.3)
3.59 (91.2)
5.5
250
160
9070T250D24
477.00 3.25 (82.6)
3.75 (95.3)
5.25 (133.4)
7.1
300
200
9070T300D24
481.00
3.8 (96.5)
4.50 (114.3) 4.70 (119.4)
8.5
350
250
9070T350D24
483.00 3.80 (96.5)
4.50 (114.3) 5.09 (129.3) 10.5
500
300
9070T500D24
498.00 3.80 (96.5)
4.50 (114.3) 5.46 (138.7) 11.9
750
500
9070T750D24
560.00 4.43 (112.5) 5.25 (133.4) 5.66 (143.8) 11.0
1000
630 9070T1000D24
594.00 4.43 (112.5) 5.25 (133.4) 6.04 (153.4) 20.6
1500 1000 9070T1500D24
717.00 6.16 (156.5) 7.06 (179.3) 5.81 (147.6) 34.0
2000 1500 9070T2000D24
929.00 6.16 (156.5) 7.06 (179.3) 7.04 (178.8) 47.0
3000 2000 9070T3000D24 1463.00 8.46 (214.9) 9.00 (228.6) 6.86 (174.2) 60.0
5000 3000 9070T5000D24 2010.00 8.46 (214.9) 9.00 (228.6) 8.73 (221.7) 89.0
Primary 277 Secondary 120
50
50
9070T50D4
90.00 2.58 (65.5)
3.00 (76.2)
3.09 (78.5)
2.5
75
75
9070T75D4
108.00 2.89 (73.4)
3.38 (85.8)
3.34 (84.8)
3.8
100
100
9070T100D4
121.00 2.89 (73.4)
3.38 (85.8)
3.34 (84.8)
3.8
150
150
9070T150D4
153.00 3.20 (81.3)
3.75 (95.3)
3.59 (91.2)
5.5
© 2007 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
CP8
Discount
Schedule
200
160
200
250
300
500
630
1000
1500
2000
3000
VA
VA
CE
$ Price
H
W
D
in (mm)
in (mm)
in (mm)
3.59 (91.2)
5.25 (133.4)
4.70 (119.4)
5.09 (129.3)
5.46 (138.7)
5.66 (143.8)
6.04 (153.4)
5.81 (147.6)
7.04 (178.8)
6.86 (174.2)
8.73 (221.7)
5.5
7.1
8.5
10.5
11.9
11.0
20.6
34.0
47.0
60.0
89.0
Primary 277 Secondary 120 (continued)
9070T200D4
195.00 3.20 (81.3)
3.75 (95.3)
9070T250D4
242.00 3.25 (82.6)
3.75 (95.3)
9070T300D4
248.00 3.80 (96.5)
4.50 (114.3)
9070T350D4
288.00 3.80 (96.5)
4.50 (114.3)
9070T500D4
314.00 3.80 (96.5)
4.50 (114.3)
9070T750D4
443.00 4.43 (112.5) 5.25 (133.4)
9070T1000D4
558.00 4.43 (112.5) 5.25 (133.4)
9070T1500D4
780.00 6.16 (156.5) 7.06 (179.3)
9070T2000D4
905.00 6.16 (156.5) 7.06 (179.3)
9070T3000D4 1276.00 8.46 (214.9) 9.00 (228.6)
9070T5000D4 2010.00 8.46 (214.9) 9.00 (228.6)
Catalog
No.
$ Price
H
W
D
in (mm)
in (mm
in (mm)
Primary 240 x 480 Secondary 120/240; Primary 230 x 460 Secondary 115/230; or
Primary 220 x 440 Secondary 110/220
50
50
9070T50D31
125.00
2.58 (65.5)
3.00 (76.2)
3.09 (78.5)
75
75
9070T75D31
131.00
2.89 (73.4)
3.38 (85.8)
3.34 (84.8)
100
100
9070T100D31
138.00
2.89 (73.4)
3.38 (85.8)
3.34 (84.8)
150
150
9070T150D31
182.00
3.20 (81.3)
3.75 (95.3)
3.59 (91.2)
200
200
9070T200D31
235.00
3.20 (81.3)
3.75 (95.3)
3.59 (91.2)
250
160
9070T250D31
248.00
3.25 (82.6)
3.75 (95.3)
5.25 (133.4)
300
200
9070T300D31
290.00
3.80 (96.5)
4.50 (114.3) 4.70 (119.4)
350
250
9070T350D31
303.00
3.80 (96.5)
4.50 (114.3) 5.09 (129.3)
500
300
9070T500D31
339.00
3.80 (96.5)
4.50 (114.3) 5.46 (138.7)
750
500
9070T750D31
473.00 4.43 (112.5) 5.25 (133.4) 5.66 (143.8)
1000
630 9070T1000D31
558.00 4.43 (112.5) 5.25 (133.4) 6.04 (153.4)
1500 1000 9070T1500D31
816.00 6.16 (156.5) 7.06 (179.3) 5.81 (147.6)
2000 1500 9070T2000D31
905.00 6.16 (156.5) 7.06 (179.3) 7.04 (178.8)
3000 2000 9070T3000D31 1486.00 8.46 (214.9) 9.00 (228.6) 6.86 (174.2)
5000 3000 9070T5000D31 2010.00 8.46 (214.9) 9.00 (228.6) 8.73 (221.7)
Primary 120 x240 Secondary 120/240; Primary 115 x 230 Secondary 115/230; or
Primary 110 x 2200 Secondary 110/220
50
50
9070T50D55
312.00
2.58 (65.5)
3.00 (76.2)
3.09 (78.5)
75
75
9070T75D55
324.00
2.89 (73.4)
3.38 (85.8)
3.34 (84.8)
100
100
9070T100D55
326.00
2.89 (73.4)
3.38 (85.8)
3.34 (84.8)
150
150
9070T150D55
348.00
3.20 (81.3)
3.75 (95.3)
3.59 (91.2)
200
200
9070T200D55
475.00
3.20 (81.3)
3.75 (95.3)
3.59 (91.2)
250
160
9070T250D55
477.00
3.25 (82.6)
3.75 (95.3)
5.25 (133.4)
300
200
9070T300D55
481.00
3.80 (96.5)
4.50 (114.3) 4.70 (119.4)
350
250
9070T350D55
483.00
3.80 (96.5)
4.50(114.3)
5.09 (129.3)
500
300
9070T500D55
498.00
3.80 (96.5)
4.50 (114.3) 5.46 (138.7)
750
500
9070T750D55
560.00 4.43 (112.5) 5.25 (133.4) 5.66 (143.8)
1000
630 9070T1000D55
594.00 4.43 (112.5) 5.25 (133.4) 6.04 (153.4)
1500 1000 9070T1500D55
856.00 6.16 (156.5) 7.06 (179.3) 5.81 (147.6)
2000 1500 9070T2000D55
929.00 6.16 (156.5) 7.06 (179.3) 7.04 (178.8)
3000 2000 9070T3000D55 1588.00 8.46 (214.9) 9.00 (228.6) 6.86 (174.2)
5000 3000 9070T5000D55 2010.00 8.46 (214.9) 9.00 (228.6) 8.73 (221.7)
Primary 240 X 480 Secondary 24/120 (24 V limited to 20% Capacity)
50
50
9070T50D15
90.00
2.58 (65.5)
3.00 (76.2)
3.09 (78.5)
75
75
9070T75D15
108.00
2.89 (73.4)
3.38 (85.8)
3.34 (84.8)
100
100
9070T100D15
138.00
2.89 (73.4)
3.38 (85.8)
3.34 (84.8)
150
150
9070T150D15
153.00
3.20 (81.3)
3.75 (95.3)
3.59 (91.2)
200
200
9070T200D15
195.00
3.2 0(81.3)
3.75 (95.3)
3.59 (91.2)
250
160
9070T250D15
248.00
3.25 (82.6)
3.75 (95.3)
5.25 (133.4)
300
200
9070T300D15
290.00
3.80 (96.5)
4.50 9114.3) 4.70 (119.4)
350
250
9070T350D15
303.00
3.80 (96.5)
4.50 (114.3) 5.09 (129.3)
500
300
9070T500D15
339.00
3.80 (96.5)
4.50 (114.3) 5.46 (138.7)
750
500
9070T750D15
473.00 4.43 (112.5) 5.25 (133.4) 5.66 (143.8)
1000
630 9070T1000D15
558.00 4.43 (112.5) 5.25 (133.4) 6.04 (153.4)
1500 1000 9070T1500D15
816.00 6.16 (156.5) 7.06 (179.3) 5.81 (147.6)
2000 1500 9070T2000D15
905.00 6.16 (156.5) 7.06 (179.3) 7.04 (178.8)
3000 2000 9070T3000D15 1486.00 8.46 (214.9) 9.00 (228.6) 6.86 (174.2)
5000 3000 9070T5000D15 2010.00 8.46 (214.9) 9.00 (228.6) 8.73 (221.7)
Primary 480 Secondary 240
50
50
9070T50D12
90.00
2.58 (65.5)
3.00 (76.2)
3.09 (78.5)
75
75
9070T75D12
324.00
2.89 (73.4)
3.38 (85.8)
3.34 (84.8)
100
100
9070T100D12
121.00
2.89 (73.4)
3.38 (85.8)
3.34 (84.8)
150
150
9070T150D12
153.00
3.20 (81.3)
3.75 (95.3)
3.59 (91.2)
200
200
9070T200D12
195.00
3.20 (81.3)
3.75 (95.3)
3.59 (91.20)
250
160
9070T250D12
242.00
3.25 (82.6)
3.75 (95.3)
5.25 (133.4)
300
200
9070T300D12
248.00
3.80 (96.5)
4.50 (114.3) 4.70 (119.4)
350
250
9070T350D12
288.00
3.80 (96.5)
4.50 (114.3) 5.09 (129.3)
500
300
9070T500D12
314.00
3.80 (96.5)
4.50 (114.3) 5.46 (138.7)
750
500
9070T750D12
443.00 4.43 (112.5) 5.25 (133.4) 5.66 (143.8)
1000
630 9070T1000D12
558.00 4.43 (112.5) 5.25 (133.4) 6.04 (153.4)
1500 1000 9070T1500D12
780.00 6.16 (156.5) 7.06 (179.3) 5.81 (147.6)
2000 1500 9070T2000D12
905.00 6.16 (156.5) 7.06 (179.3) 7.04 (178.8)
3000 2000 9070T3000D12 1276.00 8.46 (214.9) 9.00 (228.6) 6.86 (174.2)
5000 3000 9070T50000D12 2010.00 8.46 (214.9) 9.00 (228.6) 8.73 (221.7)
Modified
8/14/07
2.5
3.8
3.8
5.5
5.5
7.1
8.5
10.5
11.9
11.0
20.6
34.0
47.0
60.0
89.0
2.5
3.8
3.8
5.5
5.5
7.1
8.5
10.5
11.9
11.0
20.6
34.0
47.0
60.0
89.0
TRANSFORMERS
H
in (mm)
200
250
300
350
500
750
1000
1500
2000
3000
5000
Catalog
No.
14
$ Price
VA
CE
Weight
(lbs)
Catalog
No.
VA
UL/
CSA/
NOM
VA
CE
Weight
(lbs)
VA
UL/
CSA/
NOM
Type T transformers are designed with low impedance windings for
excellent voltage regulation and can accommodate the high inrush current
associated with contactors, starters, solenoids, and relays. As the most
popular and complete line of control transformers with unmatched design
innovations for top performance, Type Ts are manufactured using the most
advanced insulating materials and are the best choice if size and cost are of
concern. It is available in the MultiTap version, designed to respond to the
increased need for voltage and stock flexibility. It combines multiple primary
voltages with one or more secondary voltages, all in a single transformer.
UL/
CSA/
NOM
Square D® Type T and MultiTap™ Transformers
Weight
(lbs)
FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
2.5
3.8
3.8
5.5
5.5
7.1
8.5
10.5
11.9
11.0
20.6
34.0
47.0
60.0
89.0
2.5
3.8
3.8
5.5
5.5
7.1
8.5
10.5
11.9
11.0
20.6
34.0
47.0
60.0
89.0
14-13
Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com
Industrial Control
Class 9070 / Refer to Catalogs 9070CT9901, 7400CT9601
www.us.schneider-electric.com
TRANSFORMERS
VA
CE
50
75
100
150
200
250
300
350
500
750
1000
50
75
100
150
200
160
200
250
300
500
630
50
75
100
150
200
250
300
350
500
750
1000
50
75
100
150
200
160
200
250
300
500
630
50
75
100
150
200
250
300
350
500
750
1000
50
75
100
150
200
160
200
250
300
500
630
50
75
100
150
200
250
300
350
500
750
1000
50
75
100
150
200
160
200
250
300
500
630
50
75
100
150
200
250
300
350
500
750
1000
50
75
100
150
200
160
200
250
300
500
630
50
75
100
150
200
250
300
350
500
750
1000
50
75
100
150
200
160
200
250
300
500
630
14-14
Catalog
No.
$ Price
H
W
D
in (mm)
in (mm)
in (mm)
3.09 (78.5)
3.34 (84.8)
3.34 (84.8)
3.59 (91.2)
3.59 (91.2)
5.25 (133.4)
4.70 (119.4)
5.09 (129.3)
5.46 (138.7)
5.66 (143.8)
6.04 (153.4)
Primary 240 x 480 Secondary 24
9070T50D2
90.00 2.58 (65.5)
3.00 (76.2)
9070T75D2
108.00 2.89 (73.4)
3.38 (85.8)
9070T100D2
121.00 2.89 (73.4)
3.38 (85.8)
9070T150D2
153.00 3.20 (81.3)
3.75 (95.3)
9070T200D2
195.00 3.20 (81.3)
3.75 (95.3)
9070T250D2
242.00 3.25 (82.6)
3.75 (95.3)
9070T300D2
248.00 3.80 (96.5) 4.50 (114.3)
9070T350D2
288.00 3.80 (96.5) 4.50 (114.3)
9070T500D2
314.00 3.80 (96.5) 4.50 (114.3)
9070T750D2
443.00 4.43 (112.5) 5.25 (133.4)
9070T1000D2
558.00 4.43 (112.5) 5.25 (133.4)
Primary 120 Secondary 12/24
9070T50D13
90.00 2.58 (65.5)
3.00 (76.2)
9070T75D13
108.00 2.89 (73.4)
3.38 (85.8)
9070T100D13
121.00 2.89 (73.4)
3.38 (85.8)
9070T150D13
153.00 3.20 (81.3)
3.75 (95.3)
9070T200D13
195.00 3.20 (81.3)
3.75 (95.3)
9070T250D13
242.00 3.25 (82.6)
3.75 (95.3)
9070T300D13
248.00 3.80 (96.5) 4.50 (114.3)
9070T350D13
288.00 3.80 (96.5) 4.50 (114.3)
9070T500D13
314.00 3.80 (96.5) 4.50 (114.3)
9070T750D13
443.00 4.43 (112.5) 5.25 (133.4)
9070T1000D13
558.00 4.43 (112.5) 5.25 (133.4)
Primary 120 x 240 Secondary 24
9070T50D23
90.00 2.58 (65.5)
3.00 (76.2)
9070T75D23
108.00 2.89 (73.4)
3.38 (85.8)
9070T100D23
121.00 2.89 (73.4)
3.38 (85.8)
9070T150D23
153.00 3.20 (81.3)
3.75 (95.3)
9070T200D23
195.00 3.20 (81.3)
3.75 (95.3)
9070T250D23
242.00 3.25 (82.6)
3.75 (95.3)
9070T300D23
248.00 3.80 (96.5) 4.50 (114.3)
9070T350D23
288.00 3.80 (96.5) 4.50 (114.3)
9070T500D23
314.00 3.80 (96.5) 4.50(114.3)
9070T750D23
443.00 4.43 (112.5) 5.25 (133.4)
9070T1000D23
558.00 4.43 (112.5) 5.25 (133.4)
Primary 208 Secondary 24
9070T50D14
90.00 2.58 (65.5)
3.00 (76.2)
9070T75D14
108.00 2.89 (73.4)
3.38 (85.8)
9070T100D14
121.00 2.89 (73.4)
3.38 (85.8)
9070T150D14
153.00 3.20 (81.3)
3.75 (95.3)
9070T200D14
195.00 3.20 (81.3)
3.75 (95.3)
9070T250D14
242.00 3.25 (82.6)
3.75 (95.3)
9070T300D14
248.00 3.80 (96.5) 4.50 (114.3)
9070T350D14
288.00 3.80 (96.5) 4.50 (114.3)
9070T500D14
314.00 3.80 (96.5) 4.50 (114.3)
9070T750D14
443.00 4.43 (112.5) 5.25 (133.4)
9070T1000D14
558.00 4.43 (112.5) 5.25 (133.4)
Primary 277 Secondary 24
9070T50D25
312.00 2.58 (65.5)
3.00 (76.2)
9070T75D25
324.00 2.89 (73.4)
3.38 (85.8)
9070T100D25
326.00 2.89 (73.4)
3.38 (85.8)
9070T150D25
348.00 3.20 (81.3)
3.75 (95.3)
9070T200D25
475.00 3.20 (81.3)
3.75 (95.3)
9070T250D25
477.00 3.25 (82.6)
3.75 (95.3)
9070T300D25
481.00 3.80 (96.5) 4.50 (114.3)
9070T350D25
483.00 3.80 (96.5) 4.50 (114.3)
9070T500D25
498.00 3.80 (96.5) 4.50 (114.3)
9070T750D25
560.00 4.43 (112.5) 5.25 (133.4)
9070T1000D25
594.00 4.43 (112.5) 5.25 (133.4)
Primary 600 Secondary 12/24
9070T50D36
312.00 2.58 (65.5)
3.00 (76.2)
9070T75D36
324.00 2.89 (73.4)
3.38 (85.8)
9070T100D36
326.00 2.89 (73.4)
3.38 (85.8)
9070T150D36
348.00 3.20 (81.3)
3.75 (95.3)
9070T200D36
475.00 3.20 (81.3)
3.75 (95.3)
9070T250D36
477.00 3.25 (82.6)
3.75 (95.3)
9070T300D36
481.00 3.80 (96.5) 4.50 (114.3)
9070T350D36
483.00 3.80 (96.5) 4.50 (114.3)
9070T500D36
498.00 3.80 (96.5) 4.50 (114.3)
9070T750D36
560.00 4.43 (112.5) 5.25 (133.4)
9070T1000D36
594.00 4.43 (112.5) 5.25 (133.4)
VA
VA
UL/CSA/
NOM
CE
2.5
3.8
3.8
5.5
5.5
7.1
8.5
10.5
11.9
11.0
20.6
50
75
100
150
200
250
300
350
500
750
1000
50
75
100
150
200
160
200
250
300
500
630
3.09 (78.5)
3.34 (84.8)
3.34 (84.8)
3.59 (91.2)
3.59 (91.2)
5.25 (133.4)
4.70 (119.4)
5.09 (129.3)
5.46 (138.7)
5.66 (143.8)
6.04 (153.4)
2.5
3.8
3.8
5.5
5.5
7.1
8.5
10.5
11.9
11.0
20.6
50
75
100
150
200
250
300
350
500
750
1000
50
75
100
150
200
160
200
250
300
500
630
3.09 (78.5)
3.34 (84.8)
3.34 (84.8)
3.59 (91.2)
3.59 (91.2)
5.25 (133.4)
4.70 (119.4)
5.09 (129.3)
5.46 (138.7)
5.66 (143.8)
6.04 (153.4)
2.5
3.8
3.8
5.5
5.5
7.1
8.5
10.5
11.9
11.0
20.6
50
75
100
150
200
250
300
350
500
750
1000
50
75
100
150
200
160
200
250
300
500
630
3.09 (78.5)
3.34 (84.8)
3.34 (84.8)
3.59 (91.2)
3.59 (91.2)
5.25 (133.4)
4.70 (119.4)
5.09 (129.3)
5.46 (138.7)
5.66 (143.8)
6.04 (153.4)
2.5
3.8
3.8
5.5
5.5
7.1
8.5
10.5
11.9
11.0
20.6
50
75
100
150
200
250
300
350
500
750
1000
50
75
100
150
200
160
200
250
300
500
630
3.09 (78.5)
3.34 (84.8)
3.34 (84.8)
3.59 (91.2)
3.59 (91.2)
5.25 (133.4)
4.70 (119.4)
5.09 (129.3)
5.46 (138.7)
5.66 (143.8)
6.04 (153.4)
2.5
3.8
3.8
5.5
5.5
7.1
8.5
10.5
11.9
11.0
20.6
3.09 (78.5)
3.34 (84.8)
3.34 (84.8)
3.59 (91.2)
3.59 (91.2)
5.25 (133.4)
4.70 (119.4)
5.09 (129.3)
5.46 (138.7)
5.66 (143.8)
6.04 (153.4)
2.5
3.8
3.8
5.5
5.5
7.1
8.5
10.5
11.9
11.0
20.6
50
75
100
150
200
250
300
350
500
750
1000
50
75
100
150
200
160
200
250
300
500
630
50
75
100
150
200
250
300
350
500
1000
50
75
100
150
200
160
200
250
300
630
CP8
Discount
Schedule
Catalog
No.
$ Price
H
W
D
in (mm)
in (mm)
in (mm)
Weight
(lbs)
14
VA
UL/CSA/
NOM
Weight
(lbs)
FOR CURRENT INFORMATION
3.34 (106.4)
3.59 (91.2)
3.59 (91.2)
3.59 (91.2)
4.70 (119.4)
5.09 (129.3)
5.09 (129.3)
5.46 (138.7)
5.66 (143.8)
6.04 (153.4)
5.81 (147.6)
4.0
5.5
5.5
5.5
8.5
10.5
10.5
11.9
11.0
20.6
34.0
3.34 (106.4)
3.59 (91.2)
3.59 (91.2)
3.59 (91.2)
4.70 (119.4)
5.09 (129.3)
5.09 (129.3)
5.46 (138.7)
5.66 (143.8)
6.04 (153.4)
5.81 (147.6)
4.0
5.5
5.5
5.5
8.5
10.5
10.5
11.9
11.0
20.6
34.0
3.34 (106.4)
3.59 (91.2)
3.59 (91.2)
3.59 (91.2)
4.70 (119.4)
5.09 (129.3)
5.09 (129.3)
5.46 (138.7)
5.66 (143.8)
6.04 (153.4)
5.81 (147.6)
4.0
5.5
5.5
5.5
8.5
10.5
10.5
11.9
11.0
20.6
34.0
3.09 (78.5)
3.34 (84.8)
3.34 (84.8)
3.59 (91.2)
3.59 (91.2)
5.25 (133.4)
4.70 (119.4)
5.09 (129.3)
5.46 (138.7)
5.66 (143.8)
6.04 (153.4)
2.5
3.8
3.8
5.5
5.5
7.1
8.5
10.5
11.9
11.0
20.6
4.19 (106.4)
4.88 (124)
5.25 (133.4)
4.70 (119.4)
5.09 (129.3)
5.09 (129.3)
5.46 (138.7)
5.66 (143.8)
5.66 (143.8)
6.04 (153.4)
5.81 (147.6)
4.0
7.2
7.1
8.5
10.5
10.5
11.9
11.0
11.0
20.6
34.0
4.19 (106.4)
4.88 (124)
4.88 (124)
5.25 (133.4)
4.70 (119.4)
5.09 (129.3)
5.46 (138.7)
5.46 (138.7)
5.66 (143.8)
5.81 (147.6)
4.0
7.2
7.2
7.1
8.5
10.5
11.9
11.9
11.0
34.0
Primary 208/277/380 Secondary 95/115
9070T50D18
125.00 2.89 (73.4)
3.38 (87.1)
9070T75D18
131.00 3.20 (81.3)
3.75 (95.3)
9070T100D18
138.00 3.20 (81.3)
3.75 (95.3)
9070T150D18
182.00 3.20 (81.3)
3.75 (95.3)
9070T200D18
235.00 3.80 (96.5) 4.50 (114.3)
9070T250D18
248.00 3.80 (96.5) 4.50 (114.3)
9070T300D18
290.00 3.80 (96.5) 4.50 (114.3)
9070T350D18
303.00 3.80 (96.5) 4.50 (114.3)
9070T500D18
339.00 4.43 (112.5) 5.25 (133.4)
9070T750D18
473.00 4.43 (112.5) 5.25 (133.4)
9070T1000D18
558.00 6.16 (156.5) 7.06 (179.3)
Primary 208/230/460 Secondary 115
9070T50D20
125.00 2.89 (73.4)
3.38 (87.1)
9070T75D20
131.00 3.20 (81.3)
3.75 (95.3)
9070T100D20
138.00 3.20 (81.3)
3.75 (95.3)
9070T150D20
182.00 3.20 (81.3)
3.75 (95.3)
9070T200D20
235.00 3.80 (96.5) 4.50 (114.3)
9070T250D20
248.00 3.80 (96.5) 4.50 (114.3)
9070T300D20
290.00 3.80 (96.5) 4.50 (114.3)
9070T350D20
303.00 3.80 (96.5) 4.50 (114.3)
9070T500D20
339.00 4.43 (112.5) 5.25 (133.4)
9070T750D20
473.00 4.43 (112.5) 5.25 (133.4)
9070T1000D20
558.00 6.16 (156.5) 7.06 (179.3)
Primary 230/460/575 Secondary 95/115
9070T50D32
125.00 2.89 (73.4)
3.38 (87.1)
9070T75D32
131.00
3.2 (81.3)
3.75 (95.3)
9070T100D32
138.00 3.20 (81.3)
3.75 (95.3)
9070T150D32
182.00 3.20 (81.3)
3.75 (95.3)
9070T200D32
235.00 3.80 (96.5) 4.50 (114.3)
9070T250D32
248.00 3.80 (96.5) 4.50 (114.3)
9070T300D32
290.00 3.80 (96.5) 4.50 (114.3)
9070T350D32
303.00 3.80 (96.5) 4.50 (114.3)
9070T500D32
339.00 4.43 (112.5) 5.25 (133.4)
9070T750D32
473.00 4.43 (112.5) 5.25 (133.4)
9070T1000D32
558.00 6.16 (156.5) 7.06 (179.3)
Primary 380/400/415 Secondary 115/230
9070T50D33
125.00 2.58 (65.5)
3.00 (76.2)
9070T75D33
131.00 2.89 (73.4)
3.38 (85.8)
9070T100D33
138.00 2.89 (73.4)
3.38 (85.8)
9070T150D33
182.00 3.20 (81.3)
3.75 (95.3)
9070T200D33
235.00 3.20 (81.3)
3.75 (95.3)
9070T250D33
248.00 3.25 (82.6)
3.75 (95.3)
9070T300D33
290.00 3.80 (96.5) 4.50 (114.3)
9070T350D33
303.00 3.80 (96.5) 4.50 (114.3)
9070T500D33
339.00 3.80 (96.5) 4.50 (114.3)
9070T750D33
473.00 4.43 (112.5) 5.25 (133.4)
9070T1000D33
558.00 4.43 (112.5) 5.25 (133.4)
Primary 240/416/480/600 Secondary 99/120/130;
Primary 230/400/460/575 Secondary 95/115/125
Primary 220/380/440/550 Secondary 90/110/120;
Primary 208/360/416/520 Secondary 85/104/115
9070T50D50
210.00 2.89 (73.4)
3.43 (87.1)
9070T75D50
227.00 3.20 (81.3)
3.75 (95.3)
9070T100D50
233.00 3.25 (82.6)
3.75 (95.3)
9070T150D50
244.00 3.80 (96.5) 4.50 (114.3)
9070T200D50
278.00 3.80 (96.5) 4.50 (114.3)
9070T250D50
303.00 3.80 (96.5) 4.50 (114.3)
9070T300D50
331.00 3.80 (96.5) 4.50 (114.3)
9070T350D50
341.00 4.43 (112.5) 5.25 (133.4)
9070T500D50
437.00 4.43 (112.5) 5.25 (133.4)
9070T750D50
507.00 4.43 (112.5) 5.25 (133.4)
9070T1000D50
664.00 6.16 (156.5) 7.06 (179.3)
Primary 208/240/277/380/480 Secondary 24
9070T50D19
125.00 2.89 (73.4)
3.43 (87.1)
9070T75D19
131.00 3.20 (81.3)
3.75 (95.3)
9070T100D19
138.00 3.20 (81.3)
3.75 (95.3)
9070T150D19
182.00 3.25 (82.6)
3.75 (95.3)
9070T200D19
235.00 3.80 (96.5) 4.50 (114.3)
9070T250D19
248.00 3.80 (96.5) 4.50 (114.3)
9070T300D19
290.00 3.80 (96.5) 4.50 (114.3)
9070T350D19
303.00 3.80 (96.5) 4.50 (114.3)
9070T500D19
339.00 4.43 (112.5) 5.25 (133.4)
9070T1000D19
558.00 6.16 (156.5) 7.06 (179.3)
© 2007 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com
40W Single Output Industrial DIN Rail Power Supply
MDR-40
series
■
‧
‧
‧
‧
‧
‧
‧
‧
‧
‧
..
SPECIFICATION
MODEL
OUTPUT
MDR-40-5
MDR-40-12
MDR-40-24
MDR-40-48
DC VOLTAGE
5V
12V
24V
48V
RATED CURRENT
6A
3.33A
1.7A
0.83A
CURRENT RANGE
0 ~ 6A
0 ~ 3.33A
0 ~ 1.7A
0 ~ 0.83A
RATED POWER
30W
40W
40.8W
39.8W
RIPPLE & NOISE (max.) Note.2 80mVp-p
120mVp-p
150mVp-p
VOLTAGE ADJ. RANGE
12 ~ 15V
24 ~ 30V
200mVp-p
48 ~ 56V
VOLTAGE TOLERANCE Note.3 ±2.0%
±1.0%
±1.0%
±1.0%
LINE REGULATION
±1.0%
±1.0%
±1.0%
±1.0%
LOAD REGULATION
±1.0%
±1.0%
±1.0%
±1.0%
88%
88%
SETUP, RISE TIME
INPUT
5 ~ 6V
Note.5 500ms, 30ms/230VAC
HOLD UP TIME (Typ.)
50ms/230VAC
VOLTAGE RANGE
85 ~ 264VAC
FREQUENCY RANGE
47 ~ 63Hz
78%
AC CURRENT (Typ.)
INRUSH CURRENT (Typ.)
1.1A/115VAC
0.7A/230VAC
COLD START 30A/115VAC
60A/230VAC
<1mA / 240VAC
OVERLOAD
PROTECTION
OVER VOLTAGE
FUNCTION DC OK SIGNAL
WORKING TEMP.
WORKING HUMIDITY
ENVIRONMENT STORAGE TEMP., HUMIDITY
SAFETY &
TEMP. COEFFICIENT
VIBRATION
SAFETY STANDARDS
WITHSTAND VOLTAGE
EMC
ISOLATION RESISTANCE
(Note 4)
EMC EMISSION
EMC IMMUNITY
MTBF
DIMENSION
PACKING
NOTE
20ms/115VAC at full load
120 ~ 370VDC
EFFICIENCY (Typ.)
LEAKAGE CURRENT
OTHERS
500ms, 30ms/115VAC at full load
86%
105 ~ 150% rated output power
Protection type : Constant current limiting, recovers automatically after fault condition is removed
6.25 ~ 7.25V
15.6 ~ 18V
31.2 ~ 36V
57.6 ~ 64.8V
Protection type : Shut down o/p voltage, re-power on to recover
Relay contact rating(max.): 30V/1A resistive
-20 ~ +70℃ (Refer to "Derating Curve")
20 ~ 90% RH non-condensing
-40 ~ +85℃, 10 ~ 95% RH
±0.03%/℃ (0 ~ 50℃)
Component : 10 ~ 500Hz, 2G 10min./1cycle, period for 60min. each along X, Y, Z axes ; Mounting : Compliance to IEC60068-2-6
UL508, UL60950-1, TUV EN60950-1,Class I, Div. 2 Group A, B, C, D Hazardous Locations T4 approved
I/P-O/P:3KVAC I/P-FG:2KVAC O/P-FG:0.5KVAC
I/P-O/P, I/P-FG, O/P-FG:>100M Ohms / 500VDC / 25℃/ 70% RH
Compliance to EN55011, EN55022 (CISPR22), EN61204-3 Class B, EN61000-3-2,-3
Compliance to EN61000-4-2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 11, EN55024, EN61000-6-2, EN61204-3, heavy industry level, criteria A
301.7K hrs min. MIL-HDBK-217F (25℃)
40*90*100mm (W*H*D)
0.3Kg; 42pcs/13.6Kg/0.82CUFT
℃






File Name:MDR-40-SPEC 2014-10-22
SDR· 75 series
75W Single Output Industrial DIN RAIL with Power Supply
• Features:
High efficiency 90% and low power dissipation
150% peak load capability
Protections: Short circuit / Overload / Over voltage / Over temperature
Cooling by free air convection
Can be installed on DIN rail TS-3517.5 or 15
UL 50B (industrial control equipment) approved
EN61000-6-2(EN500B2-2) industrial immunity level
100% full load burn-in test
3 years warranty
~ c@us (A·JEd CB ( E:
SPECIFICATION
MODEL
OUTPUT
SDR-75-12
SDR-75-24
SDR-75-48
DC VOLTAGE
12V
24V
48V
RATED CURRENT
CURRENT RANGE
6.3A
0-6.3A
3.2A
0- 3.2A
o-1.6A
RATED POWER
PEAK CURRENT
75.6W
9.375A
76.8W
4.69A
76.8W
2.34A
PEAK POWER Nota.6
112.5W (3 sec.)
RIPPLE & NOISE (max.) Noto.2 100mVp-p
100mVp-p
120mVp-p
VOLTAGE ADJ. RANGE
12-14V
VOLTAGE TOLERANCE Note.3 ±1.0%
24-28V
±1.0%
48-55V
±1.0%
LINE REGULATION
±0.5%
±0.5%
±0.5%
LOAD REGULATION
SETUP, RISE TIME
±1.0%
1500ms,60ms/230VAC
HOLD UP TIME (Typ.)
VOLTAGE RANGE
INPUT
1.6A
80ms/230VAC
Note.7 88-264VAC
FREQUENCY RANGE
EFFICIENCY (Typ.)
AC CURRENT (Typ.)
INRUSH CURRENT (Typ.)
LEAKAGE CURRENT
OVERLOAD
PROTECTION OVER VOLTAGE
OVER TEMPERATURE
WORKING TEMP.
WORKING HUMIDITY
ENVIRONMENT STORAGE TEMP., HUMIDITY
TEMP. COEFFICIENT
VIBRATION
SAFETY STANDARDS
WITHSTAND VOLTAGE
SAFETY &
ISOLATION RESISTANCE
EMC
EMC EMISSION
(Note 4)
EMC IMMUNITY
±1.0%
3000ms, 60ms/115VAC at full load
±1.0%
20ms/115VAC at full load
124-370VDC IDC input operation possible by connecting AC/L(+),AC/N(-)]
47 - 63Hz
88.5%
1.4N115VAC
30N115VAC
89%
90%
0.85N230VAC
50N230VAC
<lmA/240VAC
Normally works within 110 -150% rated output power for more than 3 seconds and then shut down o/p voltage, re-powron to recover
150 - 170% rated power, constant current limiting with auto-recovery within 3seconds, and then shut down alp voltage after 3seconds, re-powr on to recover
14 -17V
29-33V
56-65V
Protection type: Shut down o/p voltage, re-power on to recover
100-C ± lOT (RTH2) detect on main of power transistor
Protection type: Shut down o/p voltage, re-powr on to recover after temperature goes down
-30 - +70-C (Refer to "Derating Curve')
20 - 95% RH non-condensing
-40 - +85-C, 10 - 95% RH
± 0.03%I"C (0 - 60T )
Component:l0 - 500Hz, 2G 1Omin.ll cycle, 60min. each along X, Y, Z axes; Mounting: Compliance to IEC60068-2-6
UL508, TUV ENS0950-1 approved, design refer to GL
I/P-O/P:3KVAC I/P-FG:2KVAC O/P-FG:O.SKVAC
I/P-O/P, I/P-FG, O/P-FG:>100M Ohms I SOOVDC 12S-C 170% RH
Compliance to ENSS022 (CISPR22). EN61204-3 Class B, EN61 000-3-2,-3
Compliance to EN61000-4-2,3,4,S,6,8, 11, EN5S024, EN61 000-6-2 (ENS0082-2), EN61204-3, heavy industry level, criteria A,
SEMI F47 approved
MTBF
OTHERS
NOTE
481.9K hrs min. MIL-HDBK-217F (25-C)
32'12S.2'102mm (W'H'D)
O.SI Kg; 28pcs/lS.3Kg/l.22CUFT
PACKING
1. All parameters NOT specially mentioned are measured at '230VAC input, rated load and 2S"'C of ambient temperature.
2. Ripple & noise are measured at 20MHz of bandwidth by using a 12" twisted pair-wire terminated w~h a O.luf & 47uf parallel capac~or.
3. Tolerance: includes set up tolerance, line regulation and load regulation.
4. The power supply is considered a component which will be installed into a final equipment. The final equipment must be re-confirmed that it still meets
EMC directives.
5. Installation clearances : 40mm on top, 20mm on the bottom, 5mm on the left and right side are recommended when loaded permanently ~h full power.
In case the adjacent device is a heat source, 15mm dearance is recommended.
6. 3 seconds max., please refer to peak loading curves.
7. Derating may be needed under low input voltage. Please check the derating curve for more details.
DIMENSION
FlieName:SDR-75-SPEC 2013-12-13
Product data sheet
Characteristics
ABL8REM24030
regulated SMPS - 1 or 2-phase - 100..240 V AC 24 V - 3 A
Price*: 195.00 USD
Commercial Status
Commercialised
Range of product
Phaseo
Product or component
type
Power supply
Power supply type
Regulated switch mode
Input voltage
110...220 V DC
100...240 V AC single phase, terminal(s): N-L1
100...240 V AC phase to phase, terminal(s): L1-L2
Output voltage
24 V DC
Rated power in W
72 W
Input protection type
Integrated fuse (not interchangeable)
Power supply output
current
3A
Output protection type
Against undervoltage, protection technology: tripping if U
< 0.8 x Un
Against short-circuits, protection technology: automatic
reset
Against overvoltage, protection technology: tripping if U >
1.5 x Un
Against overload, protection technology: 1.1 x In
Complementary
Input voltage limits
100...250 V
85...264 V
Network frequency
47...63 Hz
Inrush current
<= 30 A
Cos phi
0.65
Efficiency
> 85 %
Output voltage limits
100...120 % adjustable
Power dissipation in W
12.7 W
Current consumption
1.46 A at 100 V
0.83 A at 240 V
Line and load regulation
+/- 3 %
Residual ripple
<= 200 mV
Holding time
>= 10 ms at 240 V
>= 10 ms at 100 V
Connections - terminals
Screw type terminals for output ground connection, connection capacity: 1 x 0.14...1 x
2.5 mm²AWG gauge26...14
Screw type terminals for output connection, connection capacity: 2 x 0.14...2 x 2.5
mm²AWG gauge26...14
Screw type terminals for input ground connection, connection capacity: 1 x 0.14...1 x
2.5 mm²AWG gauge26...14
Screw type terminals for input connection, connection capacity: 2 x 0.14...2 x 2.5
mm²AWG gauge26...14
Marking
CE
Mounting support
35 x 15 mm symmetrical DIN rail
35 x 7.5 mm symmetrical DIN rail
75 x 7.5 mm symmetrical DIN rail
Operating position
Vertical
Output coupling
Parallel
Series
Apr 13, 2013
1
The information provided in this documentation contains general descriptions and/or technical characteristics of the performance of the products contained herein.
This documentation is not intended as a substitute for and is not to be used for determining suitability or reliability of these products for specific user applications.
It is the duty of any such user or integrator to perform the appropriate and complete risk analysis, evaluation and testing of the products with respect to the relevant specific application or use thereof.
Neither Schneider Electric Industries SAS nor any of its affiliates or subsidiaries shall be responsible or liable for misuse of the information contained herein. *Prices are indicative
Main
Name of test
Surge conforming to EN/IEC 61000-4-5
Rapid transient conforming to IEC 61000-4-4
Radiated electromagnetic field conforming to EN/IEC 61000-4-3
Primary outage conforming to IEC 61000-4-11
Induced electromagnetic field conforming to EN/IEC 61000-4-6
Emission conforming to EN 50081-1
Electrostatic discharges conforming to EN/IEC 61000-4-2
Conducted/Radiated emissions conforming to EN 55022 Class B
Conducted/Radiated emissions conforming to EN 55011
Status LED
1 LED orange for input voltage
1 LED green for output voltage
Depth
4.72 in (120 mm)
Height
4.72 in (120 mm)
Width
1.06 in (27 mm)
Product weight
1.15 lb(US) (0.52 kg)
Environment
Product certifications
CCSAus
CSA 22-2 No 950-1
C-Tick
CULus 508
TUV 60950-1
Environmental characteristic
Safety conforming to SELV
Safety conforming to EN/IEC 60950
EMC conforming to EN/IEC 61000-6-2
EMC conforming to EN 50082-2
EMC conforming to EN 50081-1
IP degree of protection
IP20 conforming to EN/IEC 60529
Ambient air temperature for storage
-13...158 °F (-25...70 °C)
Relative humidity
0...95 % without condensation or dripping water
Class of protection against electric shock
Class I conforming to VDE 0106-1
Dielectric strength
500 V between outputs
500 V between output and ground
3000 V between input and output
3000 V between input and ground
Ordering and shipping details
Category
22525 - ABL8 AND ABL7 POWER SUPPLIES
Discount Schedule
CP12
GTIN
00785901616849
Nbr. of units in pkg.
1
Package weight(Lbs)
1.21
Returnability
Y
Country of origin
CN
2
Product Data Sheet
XBTGT4330
Terminal , Magelis
List Price
$3,391.00 USD
Availability Non-Stock Item: This item is not normally stocked in our distribution
facility.
Technical Characteristics
Marketing Trade Name
Magelis
For Use With
Twido, Modicon TSX Micro, Modicon Premium, Modicon Quantum, Modicon 340
Depth
60mm
Height
170mm
Width
215mm
Display
Touchscreen - LCD
Display Size/Resolution
7.5 Inches - TFT (65,536 colors)
Data Entry
Analog Touchpad (1024 x 1024)
Representation
Alphanumeric, bitmap, bar graph, gauge, button, light, clock, flashing light, keypad
Alarm Log
Yes
Serial Link Communication
1 SUB-D9 (RS 232/RS 422 - RS 485) and 1 RJ45 (RS 485)
Network Communication
Ethernet IEEE 802.3 10/100 Base-T (RJ 45)
Software Type
Vijeo Designer VJD***TG*V**M
Download Protocols
Uni-TE, Modbus, Modbus TCP/IP, Siemens, Omron, Mitsubishi, Rockwell
Supply Voltage
24VDC
Type
XBT-GT
Shipping and Ordering
Category
22569 -
Discount Schedule
MC2
Article Number
785901623069
Package Quantity
1
Weight
6.07 lbs.
Availability Code
Non-Stock Item: This item is not normally stocked in our distribution facility.
Returnability
Y
As standards, specifications, and designs change from time to time, please ask for confirmation of the information given in this document.
Generated: 05/01/2009 09:50:25
© 2009 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.
1
Product data sheet
Characteristics
TWDLCDE40DRF
compact PLC base Twido - 24 V DC supply - 24 I
24 V DC - 16 O
Product availability: Stock - Normally stocked in distribution facility
Price*: 1125.00 USD
Commercial Status
Commercialised
Range of product
Twido
Product or component
type
Compact base controller
Concept
Transparent Ready
Discrete I/O number
40
Discrete input number
24
Discrete input voltage
24 V
Discrete input voltage
type
DC
Discrete output number
2 for transistor
14 for relay
[Us] rated supply
voltage
24 V DC
Number of I/O
expansion module
7
Use of slot
Memory cartridge
Data backed up
Internal RAM (lithium) 30 days, charging time = 10 h,
battery life = 10 yr
Integrated connection
type
Non isolated serial link mini DIN, Modbus/character
mode master/slave RTU/ASCII (RS485) half duplex, 38,4
kbit/s
Ethernet TCP/IP RJ45, , 10/100 Mbit/s, 1 twisted pair
transparent ready class A10
Serial link interface adaptor (RS232C/RS485)
Power supply
Complementary
function
Event processing
PID
Complementary
Discrete input logic
Sink or source
Input voltage limits
20.4...26.4 V
Discrete input current
7 mA for I0.8 to I0.23
7 mA for I0.2 to I0.5
11 mA for I0.6 to I0.7
11 mA for I0.0 to I0.1
Input impedance
3400 Ohm for I0.8 to I0.23
3400 Ohm for I0.2 to I0.5
2100 Ohm for I0.6 to I0.7
2100 Ohm for I0.0 to I0.1
Filter time
40 µs + programmed filter time for I0.6 to I0.23 at state 1
40 µs + programmed filter time for I0.0 to I0.5 at state 0
35 µs + programmed filter time for I0.0 to I0.5 at state 1
150 µs + programmed filter time for I0.6 to I0.23 at state 0
Insulation between channel and internal logic
1500 Vrms for 1 minute
Insulation resistance between channel
None
Minimum load
0.1 mA
Contact resistance
<= 30000 µOhm
Jun 15, 2015
1
The information provided in this documentation contains general descriptions and/or technical characteristics of the performance of the products contained herein.
This documentation is not intended as a substitute for and is not to be used for determining suitability or reliability of these products for specific user applications.
It is the duty of any such user or integrator to perform the appropriate and complete risk analysis, evaluation and testing of the products with respect to the relevant specific application or use thereof.
Neither Schneider Electric Industries SAS nor any of its affiliates or subsidiaries shall be responsible or liable for misuse of the information contained herein. *Prices are indicative
Main
Load current
2 A at 30 V DC resistive load, operating rate = 30 cyc/mn for relay outputs
2 A at 30 V DC inductive load, operating rate = 30 cyc/mn for relay outputs
2 A at 240 V AC resistive load, operating rate = 30 cyc/mn for relay outputs
2 A at 240 V AC inductive load, operating rate = 30 cyc/mn for relay outputs
Mechanical durability
>= 20000000 cycles for relay outputs
Electrical durability
>= 100000 cycles for relay outputs
Current consumption
90 mA at 5 V DC at state 1
5 mA at 24 V DC at state 0
240 mA at 5 V DC state 1 + input ON
170 mA at 5 V DC at state 0
128 mA at 24 V DC state 1 + input ON
128 mA at 24 V DC at state 1
I/O connection
Non-removable screw terminal block
Input/Output number
<= 264 with HE-10 connector with I/O expansion module
<= 208 with spring terminal block with I/O expansion module
<= 152 with removable screw terminal block with I/O expansion module
Supply voltage limits
20.4...28.8 V
Inrush current
<= 35 A
Protection type
Power protection with internal fuse
Power consumption
<= 17.2 W
Insulation resistance
> 10 MOhm at 500 V, between supply and earth terminals
> 10 MOhm at 500 V, between I/O and earth terminals
Program memory
3000 instructions
Exact time for 1 K instruction
1 ms
System overhead
0.5 ms
Memory description
Internal RAM, floating, trigonometrical
Internal RAM, double words, no floating, no trigonometrical
Internal RAM, 3000 internal words, no floating, no trigonometrical
Internal RAM, 256 internal bits, no floating, no trigonometrical
Internal RAM, 128 timers, no floating, no trigonometrical
Internal RAM, 128 counters, no floating, no trigonometrical
Free slots
1
Realtime clock
With, drift: <= 30 s/month, operating time: 30 days
Port Ethernet
10BASE-T/100BASE-TX
Communication service
Modbus messaging Ethernet TCP/IP
BOOTP client Ethernet TCP/IP
Positioning functions
PWM/PLS 2 channel(s) at 7 kHz
Counting input number
4 channel(s) at 5000 Hz 16 bits
2 channel(s) at 20000 Hz 32 bits
Analogue adjustment points
1 point adjustable from 0...1023
1 point adjustable from 0 to 511 points
Status LED
1 LED red for module error (ERR)
1 LED per channel green for I/O status
1 LED green for RUN
1 LED green for PWR
1 LED for user pilot light (STAT)
1 LED for Ethernet status (LAN ST)
1 LED for 10 or 100 Mbit/s rate (LACT)
Product weight
1.16 lb(US) (0.525 kg)
Environment
Immunity to microbreaks
10 ms
Dielectric strength
500 V for 1 minute, between supply and earth terminals
1500 V for 1 minute, between I/O and earth terminals
Product certifications
CSA
UL
Marking
CE
Ambient air temperature for operation
32...131 °F (0...55 °C)
Ambient air temperature for storage
-13...158 °F (-25...70 °C)
Relative humidity
30...95 % without condensation
2
IP degree of protection
IP20
Operating altitude
0...6561.68 ft (0...2000 m)
Storage altitude
0...9842.52 ft (0...3000 m)
Vibration resistance
4 gn, 25...100 Hz mounting on: plate or panel with fixing kit
1.6 mm, 2...25 Hz mounting on: plate or panel with fixing kit
1 gn, 57...150 Hz mounting on: 35 mm symmetrical DIN rail
0.075 mm, 10...57 Hz mounting on: 35 mm symmetrical DIN rail
Shock resistance
15 gn for 11 ms
Ordering and shipping details
Category
22531 - PLCS, TWIDO, TWD
Discount Schedule
PC12
GTIN
00785901562948
Nbr. of units in pkg.
1
Package weight(Lbs)
1.58
Product availability
Stock - Normally stocked in distribution facility
Returnability
Y
Country of origin
ID
Contractual warranty
Period
18 months
3
Product data sheet
Characteristics
TM2DDI8DT
discrete input module M238 - 8 inputs 24 V DC - 1
removable screw terminal block
Product availability: Stock - Normally stocked in distribution facility
Price*: 210.00 USD
Commercial Status
Commercialised
Range of product
Modicon M238 logic controller
Product or component
type
Discrete input module
Discrete input number
8
Discrete input voltage
24 V
Discrete input voltage
type
DC
The information provided in this documentation contains general descriptions and/or technical characteristics of the performance of the products contained herein.
This documentation is not intended as a substitute for and is not to be used for determining suitability or reliability of these products for specific user applications.
It is the duty of any such user or integrator to perform the appropriate and complete risk analysis, evaluation and testing of the products with respect to the relevant specific application or use thereof.
Neither Schneider Electric Industries SAS nor any of its affiliates or subsidiaries shall be responsible or liable for misuse of the information contained herein. *Prices are indicative
Main
Complementary
Range compatibility
Advantys OTB
Twido
Input voltage limits
20.4...28.8 V
Discrete input logic
Sink or source
Discrete input current
7 mA
Input impedance
3.4 kOhm
Number of common point
1
Response time
4 ms at state 1
4 ms at state 0
Isolation between channels
None
Isolation between channels and internal logic
500 V for 1 minute
Current consumption
25 mA 5 V DC at state 1 for all input
Local signalling
1 display block
Electrical connection
1 removable screw terminal block
Mounting support
35 mm symmetrical DIN rail
Product weight
0.22 lb(US) (0.1 kg)
Environment
Depth
3.33 in (84.6 mm)
Height
3.54 in (90 mm)
Width
0.93 in (23.5 mm)
Ordering and shipping details
Category
22531 - PLCS, TWIDO, TWD
Discount Schedule
PC12
GTIN
00785901841449
Nbr. of units in pkg.
1
Package weight(Lbs)
0.40
Product availability
Stock - Normally stocked in distribution facility
Returnability
Y
Country of origin
JP
May 29, 2013
1
Product data sheet
Characteristics
TM2DRA8RT
discrete output module M238 - 8 outputs relay - 1
removable screw terminal block
Price*: 252.00 USD
Commercial Status
Commercialised
Range of product
Modicon M238 logic controller
Product or component
type
Discrete output module
Discrete output number
8
Discrete output type
Relay
The information provided in this documentation contains general descriptions and/or technical characteristics of the performance of the products contained herein.
This documentation is not intended as a substitute for and is not to be used for determining suitability or reliability of these products for specific user applications.
It is the duty of any such user or integrator to perform the appropriate and complete risk analysis, evaluation and testing of the products with respect to the relevant specific application or use thereof.
Neither Schneider Electric Industries SAS nor any of its affiliates or subsidiaries shall be responsible or liable for misuse of the information contained herein. *Prices are indicative
Main
Complementary
Range compatibility
Advantys OTB
Twido
Discrete output function
1 NO
Current per channel
2...5 A
Current per output common
7A
Number of common point
2
Contact resistance
<= 45 mOhm
Response time
<= 5 ms from state 1 to state 0 input
<= 10 ms from state 0 to state 1 input
Minimum switching current
0.1 mA 0.1 V DC
Isolation between channels
1500 V for 1 minute
Isolation between channels and internal logic
2300 V for 1 minute
Isolation between output channels group
1500 V for 1 minute
Mechanical durability
20000000 cycles
Electrical durability
100000 cycles 2 A 30 V DC resistive
100000 cycles 2 A 240 V AC resistive
100000 cycles 1 A DC-13 24 V DC inductive (L/R = 7 ms)
100000 cycles 1 A AC-15 240 V AC cos phi = 0.7 inductive
100000 cycles 0.5 A AC-15 240 V AC cos phi = 0.35 inductive
Current consumption
40 mA 24 V DC at state 1 for all output
30 mA 5 V DC at state 1 for all output
Local signalling
1 display block
Electrical connection
1 removable screw terminal block
Mounting support
35 mm symmetrical DIN rail
Product weight
0.24 lb(US) (0.11 kg)
Environment
Depth
3.33 in (84.6 mm)
Height
3.54 in (90 mm)
Width
1.07 in (27.3 mm)
Apr 13, 2013
1
Product Detail : TWDAMI2HT Programmable Logic Controller Module, Twido - Schnei... Page 1 of 2
TWDAMI2HT Programmable Logic Controller
PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MODULE, TWIDO
Factory Item: This item is stocked at a Schneider Electric
manufacturing plant.
$245.00 List Price
Product Information
Features and Specifications
Connection Type: Screw Terminal Block (Removable)
Application: Used to provide additional inputs and/or outputs for a Twido Base Unit
Number of Input/Outputs: 2 Inputs (12 bits: 0-10V, 4-20mA)
Type: TWD
Module Type: Analog Input
Marketing Trade Name: Twido
Documents and Downloads
http://ecatalog.squared.com/fulldetail.cfm?partnumber=TWDAMI2HT
3/3/2009
Sd-50
Stereo Audio
Playback,
Show Control,
Lighting Control
and Amplifier
System
The Sd-50 is a complete stand alone stereo audio playback system. The show control
and DMX-512 output options make it into a complete Audio and Show Control solution.
Features of the Sd-50 include:
• Stereo playback of standard Mp3 or .WAV audio files. Up to 255 different SoundFiles can be selected
and played. Sound capacity limited only by the size of your MMC/Sd card. Tested up thru four GBytes.
• Two line level outputs (RCA Jacks) and 100 Watt stereo Class-D amp with the power of a 400 Watt amp.
• All configuration is done through a user-friendly Windows-based program. You can set the volume and
what each of eight optically isolated inputs do. Inputs can be used to ramp audio to preset levels, select
and play specific sounds or select sounds from a preset list or randomizer.
• Mounts stand alone, in 2–3/4” Augat Snap Track, or on DIN rail (with adapters).
• Runs on any voltage from 12 to 24 vdc. Use 24 vdc for maximum output if using onboard amp.
Features of the Sd-50/8 and Sd-50/40 include:
• Adds eight (Sd-50/8) or forty (Sd-50/40) digital (on/off) Show Control outputs to a Sd-50. Eight of the
outputs can be used for controlling eight model airplane-style ServoMotors.
• Optional WWV ‘Atomic’ or GPS clock for triggering using a 365 day schedule or by location. Locations
where sounds and shows are played are set using Google Earth. The angle of view sets direction of trigger.
• DMX-512 inputs for controlling Animation & Audio. DMX-512 outputs for up to 512 channels.
• Automatic ‘program in place’ download through your PC’s serial port or the MMC/Sd card. Draw the sequence you need on your computer using our easy-to-use PC•MACs software, or with ‘Hardwareless
RealTime’ mode, program using the PC’s mouse and keyboard. PC•MACs will remember exactly what
you do and precisely when you did it. Once programed, the PC can then go away.
• Four MBytes of nonvolatile Show Control memory. Using all forty Sd-50/40 Show Control outputs, this
gives a show capacity of about eight hours at thirty updates per second! About 40 hours for the Sd-50/8!
Once downloaded, show data is retained for approximately forty years, with or without power applied. Up
to 255 individual shows can be loaded onto a Sd-50/8 or Sd-50/40 at one time.
• Networkable! Four optoisolated inputs can be used to start, stop, pause, continue, or access shows.
They can also be controlled through the RS-232 or networked RS-422 serial ports, MIDI, or IR Triggers.
• Show Control outputs are each rated for 150 ma. continuous, or 500 ma. peak. This can drive small solenoid valves, relays, LEDs, lights and other similar loads. Use solid state relays for larger loads or
higher voltages (DRV-03, SSR-FS, LC-8SP). Digital to Analog converters (DAC-08 or DAC-Quad) can
be used if you need analog control signals.
Power
12–24 vdc
4
DMX/MIDI/
RS-422
In Out
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Speakers
(4! to 8!)
Left Right
Fuse
4
'A'
'B'
'C'
'D'
3
2
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Fuse
1
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
2.75"
Fuse
3
2
1
0
Sd-50/40
Gilderfluke & Company • Burbank, California
6.00"
Sd/MMC Flash Card
Right
Heart
DMX-512/
MIDI/Serial
RS-232
serial
Sd Access
Audio Run
Error
Show Run
Left
Op ti o n a l
C l o ck
In p u t
1.30"
205 South Flower Street • Burbank, California
800/776–5972 • 818/840–9484 • FAX 818/840–9485 • www.gilderfluke.com
© November 2, 2006 Gilderfluke & Co. DCM
PB-DMX/0
PB-DMX/8
PB-DMX/16
PB-DMX/24
PB-DMX/32
Relay Controller
The Pb-DMX/0 plugs right onto PB-8, Pb-16, Pb-24, or PB-32 relay modules. The Pb-DMX/xx receives
DMX-512 data, RealTime serial data through its RS-232 serial port, or show data from its onboard data storage to control up to thirty-two AC or DC output relays. Using DMX-512, 4096 relays can be controlled using a
single pair of wires!
To program the Pb-DMX/xx’s onboard memory, you can draw the sequence you need on the screen of
your computer using our included Pc•MACs software. You can also program in RealTime using the PC’s
mouse, keyboard and (optionally) a Joystick or other console. Pc•MACs will remember exactly what you do
and precisely when you did it. When you have all your shows completed, you can send them to the Pb-DMX/
xx through the serial port. The PC can then go away. The Pb-DMX/xx will run by itself.
Features of the Pb-DMX/xx include:
• Plugs onto a Grayhill 8, 16, 24, or 32 position ‘G5’ relay mounting boards.
• Accepts standard DMX-512 data so it can be used as ‘slave’ to a larger control system. Address is set through serial port.
• Outputs 64 channels of standard DMX-512. It can be used as a ’master’, controlling other Pb-DMXs (or light dimmers, wiggle
lights, strobe lights, anything else that will accept DMX-512).
• Programming and operation are identical to a Br-miniBrick8, but with 32 outputs!
• Automatic ‘program in place’ download through the RS-232 serial port on your PC and the included Pc•MACs software. It takes
about thirty seconds to download a ten minute show.
• RS-232 port is connected using a 1/8” mini plug. Serial cables are available from Gilderfluke & Co. as the Mp3-50/CBL. If your
PC does not have a serial port on it, we also offer the USB-RS232/422 adapter and lower cost c-USB-RS232 adapter.
• ‘Test’ button allows outputs to be manually turned on one at a time.
• Each Pb-DMX/xx has a show capacity of about 9-! hours at thirty updates per second! Once programmed, shows are saved
for approximately forty years, with or without power applied. Supports up to 255 shows.
• Two optoisolated inputs are used to trigger from push buttons, motion sensors, or any other type of switch.
• Runs on anything from seven to twenty-four vdc. Use five volt modules for supply voltages up to nine volts. Use 15 volt modules
with supply voltages from 11 to 21 volts. Use 24 volt modules for supply voltages from 18 to 32 volts.
• AC and DC relay output modules are available. Typical current capacity is 3.5 amps each. You can freely mix both AC and DC
relay output modules on any PB-nn mounting board.
1.113
3.450
Input Input Error Test/ Tx
'B'
Config Data
'A'
Rx RS-232
Data Input
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This
device may not cause harmful interference and (2) this
device must accept any interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired operation.
DMX-512 Input
note: Terminate last DMX-512 device in
line with a 120! resistor
Rx Gnd
Rx +
Rx Gnd
Rx +
PB-DMX/32
Gilderfluke & Company
Burbank, California
This Class B digital apparatus meets all requirements of the Canadian InterferenceCausing Equipment Regulations.
3.243
205 South Flower Street • Burbank, California
800/776-5972 • 818/840-9484 • FAX 818/840-9485 • www.gilderfluke.com
© September 6, 2012 Gilderfluke & Co. DCM
Single D/A
&
Quad D/A
plus Servo
Motor
Controller
A Digital device is either on or off, like a light switch. An analog device is on, off, or at
any point in between. A common example of an analog device is a lamp dimmer. In animation, analog movements give the fluid, life-like movements needed to bring a figure to life.
A DAC-08 Single D/A Converter takes the Digital data stored in an animation system
and converts it back to an analog signal. The Quad D/A Converter + Servo Motor Controller combines the functions of four D/A converters along with the circuitry needed to
control four remote control-style servo motors. Either one can be used when you need to
control mechanical feedback (MFB) pneumatic actuators, lamp dimmers, hydraulic or
pneumatic servo driver cards, and similar 0–10 volt-controlled devices. The servo motors
controlled by the Quad D/A Converter + Servo Motor Controller can be used in lightweight, low cost, or short life span animated shows and special effects.
Features or the DAC-08 and DAC-Quad include:
• Plugs into any digital output through standard J-6 cable.
• Eight bit resolution gives 256 discrete output steps. Twelve bit single D/A converters are available for
4096 stop resolutions.
• Stable 2.5 volt reference.
• Draws power from J-6 data cable.
• Can be powered by optional 15 to 24 vdc power supply.
• Optoisolators on all inputs.
• Outputs can be isolated completely from data cable.
• Output current to 24 ma.
• Independently adjustable end points for 0 to 10 volt analog output or anything in between.
• No interaction between end point adjustments.
• Quad D/A + Servo Motor Controller runs remote control-style servo motors. Separate screw terminal
connections for servo motor supply (3 to 8 vdc).
• Indicator LEDs show analog output levels on all channels.
2.75"
2.75"
4.0"
4"
Quad D/A
Single D/A
205 South Flower Street • Burbank, California
800/776–5972 • 818/840–9484 • FAX 818/840–9485 • www.gilderfluke.com
© November 2, 2006 Gilderfluke & Co. DCM
DMX Distribution
Indoor use
6 way DMX Distribution
s e r i e s
FEATURES
-
DMX distributor with one input and 6 output.
Absolutely electric isolation between input and output, or between output and output.
Every DMX output features a independent driver, data + & data - indicator.
DMX switch is incorporated allowing to isolate from the malfunction caused by DMX input.
Input and output with a set of power supply respectively and 1A fuse.
DD-6
6 wa y D M X s p l i t t e r
SPECIFICATION
POWER INPUT
DATA IN&THRU
OUTPUT
HOUSING
IP RATING
CONTROL
LISTING
OPERATION TEMPERA
TURE
STORAGE TEMPERATURE
WEIGHT
DIMENSION
AC 120V~ 60Hz / AC 230V~ 50Hz.
3-pin / 5-pin XLR male socket
6pcs of 3-pin / 5-pin XLR female socket
Sheet metal with powder painting
IP20
DMX 512(1990)
CE certified
-10 degC to +50 degC
-20 degC to +70 degC
2Kg
19'' x1U (482x125x44mm) .
DD-6 WM
6 way isolated DMX splitter-wallmount
SPECIFICATION
POWER INPUT
DAT A IN&THRU
OUTPUT
HOUSING
IP RATING
CONTROL
LISTING
OPERATION TEMPERA
TURE
STORAGE TEMPERATURE
WEIGHT
DIMENSION
12-24VDC
3-pin terminal socket
6pcs of 3-pin terminal sockets
PolyCarbonate
IP20
DMX 512(1990)
CE certified
-10 degC to +50 degC
-20 degC to +70 degC
0.25Kg
195(L) x 110(W) x 22(H)mm
DD-6 WM PRO
6 way isolated DMX splitter-wallmount
SPECIFICATION
POWER INPUT
DAT A IN&THRU
OUTPUT
HOUSING
IP RATING
CONTROL
LISTING
OPERATION TEMPERA
TURE
STORAGE TEMPERATURE
WEIGHT
DIMENSION
** All rights reserved. Improvement and changes to specifications, design
www. LEDLINC.com
100-240VAC, 50/60Hz.
3-pin terminal socket
6pcs of 3-pin terminal sockets
Sheet metal with powder painting
IP20
DMX 512(1990)
CE certified
-10 degC to +50 degC
-20 degC to +70 degC
1Kg
134(L)x126(W)x50mm(H)
and all contents in this catalog, may be made at any time without prior notice.
81
Dual XLR panel
Download at http://NorthlightDMX.com/dualXLR.pdf
Connectors
Neutrik NC5FAV and NC5MAV
DMX512 protocol specifies that 5 pin XLR connectors be used.
Female on the transmitter and male on the receiver.
When a 3 pin XLR is used it is wired the same as the first 3 pins on the 5 pin XLR.
PIN WIRE SIGNAL
1 signal ground/return
2 signal data compliment ( - )
3 signal data true ( + )
4 signal spare data compliment ( - )
5 signal conductor spare data true ( + ) Ground Fault Products
Ground Fault Products
Meets UL Standa
Standard
ndard
nda
rd 943
Class A GFCI
FCI
Heavy Duty Commercial and Hospital Grade
GFCI Receptacles with Auto Grounding
15 and 20 Ampere, 125 Volts AC
2 Pole, 3 Wire Grounding
10kA Short Circuit Current Rating
Comprehensive diagnostics
• When test button is actuated, both the
electronic components and mechanical
trip mechanism are functionally tested
Ground fault indicator
• Flashing RED indicates device has lost
capability to provide protection
No power at face if reverse wired
• Open circuit condition eliminates false
assumption of protection at face
Heavy Duty Commercial GFCI Receptacles with Auto Grounding
Installation ease
• Internal back wiring
• Automatic grounding feature
• Captive mounting screws
GF15ILA
Circuit Guard® GFCI Receptacles
Description
Flush, nylon face,
back and side wired,
multiple drive screws,
automatic grounding
clip.
Rating
15 and 20A
125V AC
GF15ILA
Color
Catalog Number
Almond
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Light Almond
Office White
Red
White
GF15ALLA
GF15BKLA
GF15LA
GF15GYLA
GF15ILA
GF15LALA
GF15OWLA
GF15RLA
GF15WLA
Hospital Grade
Circuit Guard® GFCI Receptacles
Description
GF20WLA
Flush, nylon face,
back and side wired,
multiple drive screws,
automatic grounding
clip.
Rating
15 and 20A
125V AC
15A 125V
NEMA 5-15R
15A 125V
NEMA 5-15R
Color
Catalog Number
Almond
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Light Almond
Office White
Red
White
GFR8200HALLA
GFR8200HBKLA
GFR8200HLA
GFR8200HGYLA
GFR8200HILA
GFR8200HLAA
GFR8200HOWLA
GFR8200HRLA
GFR8200HWLA
20A 125V
NEMA 5-20R
GF20ALLA
GF20BKLA
GF20LA
GF20GYLA
GF20ILA
GF20LALA
GF20OWLA
GF20RLA
GF20WLA
20A 125V
NEMA 5-20R
GFR8300HALLA
GFR8300HBKLA
GFR8300HLA
GFR8300HGYLA
GFR8300HILA
GFR8300HLAA
GFR8300HOWLA
GFR8300HRLA
GFR8300HWLA
Note: GFCI type receptacles should not be used in critical care patient areas or for electrical life support equipment
applications because of the possibility of power interruption. All GFCI receptacles listed above are furnished with
a matching color nylon wallplate. 20 amp feed-through capability.
GFR8200HOWLA
H-4
www.hubbell-wiring.com
Dimensions in Inches (mm)
84401-40
Decora®
Item Description
1-Gang Decora/GFCI Device Decora Wallplate, Standard Size, 302 Stainless Steel,
Device Mount, Stainless Steel, Brushed Finish
Technical Information
Product Features
Type: Standard Size
Gang: 1
Material: 302 Stainless Steel
Color: Stainless Steel
Mount: Device
Standards and Certifications: UL/CSA
Warranty: 10-Year Limited
UPC Code: 07847743512
Country of Origin: Please Contact Customer
Service
Order from Cuny & Guerber Inc., 2100 Kerrigan Ave., Union City, NJ 07087 USA Phone: 201-617-5800 email: sales@cuny.biz web: http://www.cuny.biz
Bell Weatherproof Boxes,
Covers, And Lighting
Order from Cuny & Guerber Inc., 2100 Kerrigan Ave., Union City, NJ 07087 USA Phone: 201-617-5800 email: sales@cuny.biz web: http://www.cuny.biz
D5
SINGLE-GANG BOXES
DIE CAST ALUMINUM
Applications
• For use in branch circuit wiring
in wet, damp, or dry locations
• May be used as a weatherproof
junction box, or as a housing for
receptacles, switches, and GFCI’s
Product Features
• Reinforced connector outlets
5320-0 TO 5320-7
5324-0 TO 5324-5
5321-0 TO
5321-7, 5330-0
5322-0, 5331-0
• State-of-the-art powder coat finish
• Eight box mounting options with
detachable lugs provided
• Two closure plugs included
5385-0 TO 5387-0
5323-0, 5332-0
• Ground screw installed
• Multi-lingual instructions
in each package
Compliances
•
•
2 " D E E P, W I T H L U G S – T H R E E T H R E A D E D O U T L E T S – 4 - 1 / 2 " x 2 - 3 / 4 "
– Standard 514A
®
®
O R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O N - D I M E N S I O N S
– C22.2 No. 18
• NEMA 3R Rated
SINGLE-GANG BOXES: GENERAL DIMENSIONS
DESCRIPTION
COLOR
OUTLETS
Gray
3–1/2"
C ATA L O G
NUMBER
CUBIC
IN.
PKG.
TYPE
S T D.
PKG.
5320-0
17.5
5320-1
17.5
White
3–1/2"
Shrink
20
Shrink
5320-2
17.5
Bronze
20
3–1/2"
Shrink
5320-5
17.5
20
Gray
3–1/2"
Carded
5320-6
6
17.5
White
3–1/2"
Carded
6
5320-7
17.5
Bronze
3–1/2"
Carded
6
5324-0
17.0
Gray
3–3/4"
Shrink
20
5324-5
17.0
Gray
3–3/4"
Carded
6
UPC
BAR CODE
2 " D E E P, W I T H L U G S – F O U R T H R E A D E D O U T L E T S – 4 - 1 / 2 " x 2 - 3 / 4 "
END VIEW
ONE OUTLET
END VIEW
TWO OUTLETS
PKG.
TYPE
S T D.
PKG.
17.0
DESCRIPTION
COLOR
OUTLETS
Gray
4–1/2"
Shrink
20
17.0
White
4–1/2"
Shrink
20
5321-2
17.0
Bronze
4–1/2"
Shrink
20
5321-5
17.0
Gray
4–1/2"
Carded
6
5321-6
17.0
White
4–1/2"
Carded
6
5321-7
17.0
Bronze
4–1/2"
Carded
6
5330-0
16.5
Gray
4–3/4"
Shrink
20
C ATA L O G
NUMBER
CUBIC
IN.
5321-0
5321-1
UPC
BAR CODE
2 " D E E P, W I T H L U G S – F I V E T H R E A D E D O U T L E T S – 4 - 1 / 2 " x 2 - 3 / 4 "
S T D.
PKG.
Shrink
20
16.0
Gray
5–3/4"
Shrink
20
5323-0
17.0
Gray
5–1/2"
Shrink
20
5332-0
16.5
Gray
5–3/4"
Shrink
20
CUBIC
IN.
5322-0
5331-0
UPC
BAR CODE
2 - 5 / 8 " D E E P, W I T H L U G S – T H R E E T H R E A D E D O U T L E T S – 4 - 1 / 2 " x 2 - 3 / 4 "
C ATA L O G
NUMBER
CUBIC
IN.
DESCRIPTION
COLOR
OUTLETS
PKG.
TYPE
S T D.
PKG.
5385-0
21.3
Gray
3–1/ 2 "
Shrink
15
5386-0
21.3
Gray
3–3/ 4 "
Shrink
15
5387-0
21.3
Gray
3–1"
Shrink
15
UPC
BAR CODE
WEATHERPROOF BOXES,
COVERS AND LIGHTING
PKG.
TYPE
16.5
DESCRIPTION
COLOR
OUTLETS
Gray
5–1/2"
C ATA L O G
NUMBER
General Purpose Relays
RPM
Refer to Catalog 8501CT0601
www.schneider-electric.us
Zelio® Plug-In Relays
Zelio RPM plug-in relays and sockets provide a comprehensive selection of relays responding to the most demanding
standards at 15 A. Some of the features include:
• Spring return test button for testing the contacts (standard)
• Green LED indication of relay status (depending on version)
• Mechanical indication of relay status (standard)
• Plug-in protection module to protect against electrical spikes
Table 23.12:
Power relays without LED (sold in lots of 10)
Number and type of contacts - Thermal current (Ith)
1 C/O - 15 A Res.
RPM22F7
Coil Voltage
12 Vdc
24 Vdc
48 Vdc
110 Vdc
24 Vac
48 Vac
120 Vac
230 Vac
Catalog Number
RPM11JD
RPM11BD
RPM11ED
RPM11FD
RPM11B7
RPM11E7
RPM11F7
RPM11P7
Table 23.13:
2 C/O - 15 A Res.
$ Price ea.
5.40
5.40
5.40
5.40
5.40
5.40
5.40
5.40
Catalog Number
RPM21JD
RPM21BD
RPM21ED
RPM21FD
RPM21B7
RPM21E7
RPM21F7
RPM21P7
$ Price ea.
7.10
7.10
7.10
7.10
7.10
7.10
7.10
7.10
3 C/O - 15 A Res.
Catalog Number
RPM31JD
RPM31BD
RPM31ED
RPM31FD
RPM31B7
RPM31E7
RPM31F7
RPM31P7
4 C/O - 15 A Res.
$ Price ea.
9.60
9.60
9.60
9.60
9.60
9.60
9.60
9.60
Catalog Number
RPM41JD
RPM41BD
RPM41ED
RPM41FD
RPM41B7
RPM41E7
RPM41F7
RPM41P7
$ Price ea.
11.90
11.90
11.90
11.90
11.90
11.90
11.90
11.90
Power relays with LED (sold in lots of 10)
Number and type of contacts - Thermal current (Ith)
1 C/O - 15 A Res.
RPM32F7
Coil Voltage
12 Vdc
24 Vdc
48 Vdc
110 Vdc
24 Vac
48 Vac
120 Vac
230 Vac
Catalog Number
RPM12JD
RPM12BD
RPM12ED
RPM12FD
RPM12B7
RPM12E7
RPM12F7
RPM12P7
Table 23.14:
2 C/O - 15 A Res.
$ Price ea.
6.30
6.30
6.30
6.30
6.30
6.30
6.30
6.30
Catalog Number
RPM22JD
RPM22BD
RPM22ED
RPM22FD
RPM22B7
RPM22E7
RPM22F7
RPM22P7
$ Price ea.
8.10
8.10
8.10
8.10
8.10
8.10
8.10
8.10
3 C/O - 15 A Res.
Catalog Number
RPM32JD
RPM32BD
RPM32ED
RPM32FD
RPM32B7
RPM32E7
RPM32F7
RPM32P7
4 C/O - 15 A Res.
$ Price ea.
10.70
10.70
10.70
10.70
10.70
10.70
10.70
10.70
Catalog Number
RPM42JD
RPM42BD
RPM42ED
RPM42FD
RPM42B7
RPM42E7
RPM42F7
RPM42P7
$ Price ea.
12.90
12.90
12.90
12.90
12.90
12.90
12.90
12.90
Power relays with LED without Push Button (sold in lots of 10)
Number and type of contacts - Thermal current (Ith)
1 C/O - 15 A Res.
23
Coil Voltage
12 Vdc
24 Vdc
48 Vdc
110 Vdc
125 Vdc
24 Vac
48 Vac
120 Vac
230 Vac
RELAYS AND TIMERS
Catalog Number
RPM13JD
RPM13BD
RPM13ED
RPM13FD
—
RPM13B7
RPM13E7
RPM13F7
RPM13P7
2 C/O - 15 A Res.
$ Price ea.
5.90
5.90
5.90
5.90
—
5.90
5.90
5.90
5.90
Catalog Number
RPM23JD
RPM23BD
RPM23ED
RPM23FD
—
RPM23B7
RPM23E7
RPM23F7
RPM23P7
$ Price ea.
7.50
7.50
7.50
7.50
—
7.50
7.50
7.50
7.50
3 C/O - 15 A Res.
Catalog Number
RPM33JD
RPM33BD
RPM33ED
RPM33FD
—
RPM33B7
RPM33E7
RPM33F7
RPM33P7
4 C/O - 15 A Res.
$ Price ea.
9.90
9.90
9.90
9.90
—
9.90
9.90
9.90
9.90
Catalog Number
RPM43JD
RPM43BD
RPM43ED
RPM43FD
—
RPM43B7
RPM43E7
RPM43F7
RPM43P7
$ Price ea.
12.00
12.00
12.00
12.00
—
12.00
12.00
12.00
12.00
Approvals for relays:
File
E164862
CCN a NLDX, NLDX7
a
RPZF2 +
relay RPM22F7
File
CCN
E164862
NLDX2, NLDX8
File 230765
Class 3211 07
RoHS
IEC 61810-1 Compliant
When used with the appropriate socket
Table 23.15:
Sockets (sold in lots of 10)
Contact terminal arrangement
Connection
Mixed
Screw clamp terminals
Relay type
RPM1˘˘˘
RPM2˘˘˘
RPM3˘˘˘
RPM4˘˘˘
Catalog Number
RPZF1
RPZF2
RPZF3
RPZF4
$ Price ea.
5.10
6.50
7.50
8.70
Approvals for Sockets:
File
CCN
23-4
E172326
SWIV2, SWIV8
CP1
File 230765
Class 3211 07
Discount
Schedule
IEC 61810-1
RoHS
Compliant
© 2009 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
Data sheet
TR 644 top2
Time and light control
Digital time switches
Article number: 6440100
TR 644 top2
Article number: 6440100
Description
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
Digital time switch with yearly and astronomical time program
4 channels
4 external inputs
■ Connectable sensors (external selector switch, sequence timer)
■ Connectable switches (ON or OFF permanent switching)
DuoFix spring terminals
■ For 2 conductors each
■ Wire or strand (with or without wire end sleeve)
■ Wire diameter: 0.5 - 2.5 mm²
■ Button for releasing plug-in connection
Text-oriented user guidance in display
■ Preset date and time
■ fully operable without mains connection
800 memory locations
Interface for OBELISK top2 memory card (PC programming)
■ 2. insertable switching program
■ Copying programs
■ Storing programs
8 year power reserve (lithium battery)
Zero-cross switching for leay-saving switching and high lamp loads (not with
24 V devices)
Automatic summer/winter time changeover
■ can be deactivated
■ Date rule options are already stored for Europe, the USA and other
countries
■ own date rule options or changeover around set dates are available
ON-OFF switching times
Pulse program
Cycle program
Extensive yearly clock functions
■ Basic weekly program and 14 different weekly programs with priority
levels and date ranges
■ Permanent ON / permanent OFF with highest priority via date range
program option
■ fixed and variable public holidays, public holidays dependent on Easter,
day and date ranges with serial pattern
■ Public holiday database for Germany including all Federal states,
Switzerland, France etc.
■ Program simulation on clock display
■ Graphic program simulation with 12 month overview for all channels on
PC
Astronomical time switch function (automatic calculation of sunrise and
sunset times for the whole year)
■ Offset for adjusting of sunrise and sunset times
■ Position data via coordinates or country/city lists can be programmed
■ Optional production of own city list (favourites) and a table with own
astronomical times on PC
■ Fixed ON-OFF switching times can be programmed (e.g. night time
interruption)
■ Simulation of astronomical switching times (calculated astronomical times
and programmed ON/OFF switching times) for the whole year
■ various astronomical setting options (evening ON - mornings OFF or
evenings OFF - mornings ON, astronomical pulse)
Switching preselection
Permanent switching ON/OFF
Count-down timer
Integrated operating hour counter
■ Reset option
■ Service function for monitoring maintenance intervals
Holiday program
2 random programs
additional information at:
www.theben.de/product/6440100
Subject to technical changes and misprints
23.05.2015
Page 1 of 3
Data sheet
TR 644 top2
Time and light control
Digital time switches
Article number: 6440100
■
■
Display back light (can be turned off)
PIN coding
Technical data
Operating voltage
110 – 240 V AC
Frequency
50 – 60 Hz
Width
4 modules
Installation type
DIN rail
Type of contact
4 two-way switches
Switching output
Phase-independent
Opening width
< 3 mm
Program
Yearly program, Astronomical program
Program functions
ON-OFF, Pulse, Cycle
Number of channels
4
External inputs
4
Number of memory locations
800
Power reserve
8 years
Switching capacity at 250 V AC, cos φ =
1
16 A
Switching capacity channels 1+3
10 A
Switching capacity at 250 V AC, cos φ =
0,6
10 A
Incandescent/halogen lamp load 230 V
2300 W
Incandescent/halogen lamp load 120 V
1150 W
Energy saving lamps 230 V
37 x 7 W, 30 x 11 W, 26 x 15 W, 26 x 20 W, 11 x 23 W
Energy saving lamps 120 V
18 x 7 W, 15 x 11 W, 13 x 15 W, 13 x 20 W, 11 x 23 W
Switching capacity min.
ca. 10 mA
Shortest switching times
1s
Time accuracy at 25 °C
≤ ± 0.5 s/day (quartz)
Time basis
Quartz
Stand-by consumption
~0,5 W
Capacity loss max.
4,8 W
Memory card supplied
–
Type of connection
DuoFix spring terminals
Keyboards
4 touch buttons, 4 buttons for manual switching
Housing and insulation material
High-temperature resistant, self-extinguishing thermoplastic
Type of protection
IP 20
Protection class
II according to EN 60 730-1
Ambient temperature
-30 °C … +45 °C
additional information at:
www.theben.de/product/6440100
Subject to technical changes and misprints
23.05.2015
Page 2 of 3
Data sheet
TR 612 top2
Time and light control
Digital time switches
Article number: 6120100
TR 612 top2
Article number: 6120100
Description
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
Digital time switch with weekly program
2 channels
DuoFix spring terminals
■ For 2 conductors each
■ Wire or strand (with or without wire end sleeve)
■ Wire diameter: 0.5 - 2.5 mm²
■ Button for releasing plug-in connection
Text-oriented user guidance in display
■ Preset date and time
■ fully operable without mains connection
56 memory locations
Interface for OBELISK top2 memory card (PC programming)
■ 2. insertable switching program
■ Copying programs
■ Storing programs
10 year power reserve (lithium battery)
Zero-cross switching for relay-saving switching and high lamp loads (not
with 24 V devices)
ON-OFF switching times
Switching preselection
Permanent switching ON/OFF
Integrated operating hour counter
■ Reset option
■ Service function for monitoring maintenance intervals
Holiday program
Display back light (can be turned off)
Permanent switching ON/OFF
PIN coding
Automatic summer/winter time changeover
■ can be deactivated
■ Date rule options are already stored for Europe, the USA and other
countries
■ own date rule options or changeover around set dates are available
Technical data
Operating voltage
230 – 240 V AC
Frequency
50 – 60 Hz
Width
2 modules
Installation type
DIN rail
Type of contact
2 two-way changeover contacts
Switching output
Phase-independent
Opening width
< 3 mm
Program
Weekly program
Program functions
ON-OFF
Number of channels
2
Number of memory locations
56
Power reserve
10 years
Switching capacity at 250 V AC, cos φ =
1
16 A
Switching capacity at 250 V AC, cos φ =
0,6
10 A
Incandescent/halogen lamp load 230 V
2600 W
Energy saving lamps 230 V
22 x 7 W, 18 x 11 W, 16 x 15 W, 16 x 20 W, 14 x 23 W
additional information at:
www.theben.de/product/6120100
Subject to technical changes and misprints
06.05.2014
Page 1 of 3
Data sheet
TR 612 top2
Time and light control
Digital time switches
Article number: 6120100
Fluorescent lamp load (conventional) not
1000 VA
corrected
Fluorescent lamp load (conventional)
series-corrected
1000 VA
Fluorescent lamp load (conventional)
parallel-corrected
730 VA 80 µF
Switching capacity min.
ca. 10 mA
Shortest switching times
1 min
Time accuracy at 25 °C
≤ ± 0.5 s/day (quartz)
Time basis
Quartz
Stand-by consumption
0,8 W
Memory card supplied
–
Test approval
VDE
Type of connection
DuoFix spring terminals
Keyboards
4 touch buttons
Housing and insulation material
High-temperature resistant, self-extinguishing thermoplastic
Type of protection
IP 20
Protection class
II according to EN 60 730-1
Ambient temperature
-30 °C … +55 °C
Connection example
Scale drawings
additional information at:
www.theben.de/product/6120100
Subject to technical changes and misprints
06.05.2014
Page 2 of 3
22 mm Push Buttons
XB5 Complete Devices
Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001
www.schneider-electric.us
Table 19.113: Non-Illuminated Emergency Stop and Emergency Off Mushroom Head Push Buttons, Ø 40 mm
(Red) (screw clamp terminal connections)
Type of Contact
Shape of Head
Type of Push
Catalog Number
(Components)
$ Price
(ZB5AZ105 + ZB5AT84)
101.00
N.O.
N.C.
1
1
XB5AT845
1
1
XB5AS8445
(ZB5AZ105 + ZB5AS844)
—
2
XB5AS8444
(ZB5AZ104 + ZB5AS844)
Trigger action Key release
(No. 455)a
1
1
XB5AS9445
(ZB5AZ105+ ZB5AS944)
Push-pull
—
1
XB5AT42
Turn-to-release
—
1
XB5AS542
(ZB5AZ102 + ZB5AS54)
110.00
Key release (No. 455)
—
1
XB5AS142
(ZB5AZ102 + ZB5AS14)
147.00
XB5AS9445
Trigger action push-pulla
Trigger action turn-to-releasea
165.00
XB5AT42
XB5AS542
a
(ZB5AZ102 + ZB5AT4)
165.00
68.00
Trigger action mushroom heads are tamper proof in that a change of contact state is not possible by teasing or floating the operator. For emergency stop
applications, always use a trigger action push button (per EN/IEC 13850).
Table 19.114: Non-Illuminated Selector Switches and Key Switches (screw clamp terminal connections) b
Shape of
Head
Type of Contact
Type of Operator
XB5AD33
Number and Type of
Positions
Catalog Number
(Components)
$ Price
N.O.
N.C.
1
—
2-maintained
XB5AD21
(ZB5AZ101 + ZB5AD2)
51.00
1
1
2-maintained
XB5AD25
(ZB5AZ105 + ZB5AD2)
68.00
3-maintained
XB5AD33
(ZB5AZ103 + ZB5AD3)
68.00
2
—
3-momentary to
center
XB5AD53
(ZB5AZ103 + ZB5AD5)
75.00
2-maintained
XB5AJ21
(ZB5AZ101 + ZB5AJ2)
51.00
3-maintained
XB5AJ33
(ZB5AZ103 + ZB5AJ3)
68.00
3-momentary to
center
XB5AJ53
(ZB5AZ103 + ZB5AJ5)
75.00
XB5AG21
(ZB5AZ101 + ZB5AG2)
123.00
XB5AG41
(ZB5AZ101 + ZB5AG4)
123.00
XB5AG61
(ZB5AZ101 + ZB5AG6)
123.00
XB5AG03
(ZB5AZ103 + ZB5AG0)
141.00
XB5AG33
(ZB5AZ103 + ZB5AG3)
141.00
1
—
2
—
Extended lever, black
XB5AJ33
PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE
Standard lever, black
1
—
2-momentary to
left
Key (No. 455)
XB5AG33
2
—
3-maintained
b
See 19-49 for contact configurations.
Note: The symbol
indicates key withdrawal position(s)
Legends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-58 to 19-60
© 2009 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
I
Discount
Schedule
19-43
19
2-maintained
22 mm Push Buttons
XB5 Complete Devices
Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001
www.schneider-electric.us
Table 19.115: Pilot Lights with Protected
Shape of Head
LED®
(screw clamp terminal connections) a
Supply Voltage
Color
White
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue
White
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue
24 Vac/Vdc
XB5AVB1
110–120 Vac
Catalog Number
XB5AVB1
XB5AVB3
XB5AVB4
XB5AVB5
XB5AVB6
XB5AVG1
XB5AVG3
XB5AVG4
XB5AVG5
XB5AVG6
(Components)
(ZB5AVB1 + ZB5AV013)
(ZB5AVB3 + ZB5AV033)
(ZB5AVB4 + ZB5AV043)
(ZB5AVB5 + ZB5AV053)
(ZB5AVB6 + ZB5AV063)
(ZB5AVG1 + ZB5AV013)
(ZB5AVG3 + ZB5AV033)
(ZB5AVG4 + ZB5AV043)
(ZB5AVG5 + ZB5AV053)
(ZB5AVG6 + ZB5AV063)
$ Price
72.00
72.00
Table 19.116: Pilot Lights for BA9s Bulb (screw clamp terminal connections)
Shape of Head
XB5AV63
Supply Voltage
Color
Catalog Number
Direct supply, for BA9s (incandescent, LED, neon) V < 250 V, 2.4 W bulb (bulb not included) b
White
XB5AV61
Green
XB5AV63
< 250 Vac/Vdc
Red
XB5AV64
Yellow
XB5AV65
Transformer type with 1.2 VA, 6 V secondary. BA9s incandescent bulb included
White
XB5AV31
Green
XB5AV33
110–120 Vac
50/60 Hz
Red
XB5AV34
Yellow
XB5AV35
(Components)
$ Price
(ZB5AV6 + ZB5AV01)
(ZB5AV6 + ZB5AV03)
(ZB5AV6 + ZB5AV04)
(ZB5AV6 + ZB5AV05)
51.00
(ZB5AV3 + ZB5AV01)
(ZB5AV3 + ZB5AV03)
(ZB5AV3 + ZB5AV04)
(ZB5AV3 + ZB5AV05)
117.00
Table 19.117: Illuminated Push Buttons, Momentary (screw clamp terminal connections) a
XB5AV34
Shape of Head
Description
Type of Contact
N.O.
Supply Voltage
N.C.
Color of Push
Catalog Number (Components)
$ Price
Flush
24 Vac/Vdc
1
1
110–120 Vac
XB5AW31B5
19
Direct supply for
BA9s
2.4 W max. bulb
not included
PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE
Transformer type
1.2 VA, 6 V
secondary.
BA9s
incandescent
bulb included
XB5AW3465
1
< 250 Vac/Vdc
1
110–120 Vac
50/60 Hz
1
1
230–240 Vac
50/60 Hz
White
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue
White
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue
White
Green
Red
Yellow
White
Green
Red
Yellow
White
Green
Red
Yellow
XB5AW31B5
XB5AW33B5
XB5AW34B5
XB5AW35B5
XB5AW36B5
XB5AW31G5
XB5AW33G5
XB5AW34G5
XB5AW35G5
XB5AW36G5
XB5AW3165
XB5AW3365
XB5AW3465
XB5AW3565
XB5AW3135
XB5AW3335
XB5AW3435
XB5AW3535
XB5AW3145
XB5AW3345
XB5AW3445
XB5AW3545
(ZB5AW0B15 + ZB5AW313)
(ZB5AW0B35 + ZB5AW333)
(ZB5AW0B45 + ZB5AW343)
(ZB5AW0B55 + ZB5AW353)
(ZB5AW0B65 + ZB5AW363)
(ZB5AW0G15 + ZB5AW313)
(ZB5AW0G35 + ZB5AW333)
(ZB5AW0G45 + ZB5AW343)
(ZB5AW0G55 + ZB5AW353)
(ZB5AW0G65 + ZB5AW363)
(ZB5AW065 + ZB5AW31)
(ZB5AW065 + ZB5AW33)
(ZB5AW065 + ZB5AW34)
(ZB5AW065 + ZB5AW35)
(ZB5AW035 + ZB5AW31)
(ZB5AW035 + ZB5AW33)
(ZB5AW035 + ZB5AW34)
(ZB5AW035 + ZB5AW35)
(ZB5AW045 + ZB5AW31)
(ZB5AW045 + ZB5AW33)
(ZB5AW045 + ZB5AW34)
(ZB5AW045 + ZB5AW35)
119.00
119.00
99.00
163.00
163.00
Extended
XB5AW3335
a
b
White
XB5AW11B5
(ZB5AW0B15 + ZB5AW113)
Green
XB5AW13B5
(ZB5AW0B35 + ZB5AW133)
24 Vac/Vdc
Red
XB5AW14B5
(ZB5AW0B45 + ZB5AW143)
Yellow
XB5AW15B5
(ZB5AW0B55 + ZB5AW153)
Blue
XB5AW16B5
(ZB5AW0B65 + ZB5AW163)
1
1
White
XB5AW11G5 (ZB5AW0G15 + ZB5AW113)
Green
XB5AW13G5 (ZB5AW0G35 + ZB5AW133)
110–120 Vac
Red
XB5AW14G5 (ZB5AW0G45 + ZB5AW143)
Yellow
XB5AW15G5 (ZB5AW0G55 + ZB5AW153)
Blue
XB5AW16G5 (ZB5AW0G65 + ZB5AW163)
For 240V LED, replace the “B” or “G” with “M”. (Example: XB5APVB1 (24 V) to XB5APVM1 (240 Vac only))
For bulb information, refer to page 19-61
113.00
113.00
Legends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-58 to 19-60
19-44
I
Discount
Schedule
© 2009 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
IEC Style Terminal
Blocks
Mounting Track and End Clamps
Refer to Catalog 9080CT9901
www.schneider-electric.us
Table 24.16:
DIN 3 Track – Various Lengths
Table 24.17:
$ Price Std.a
ea. Pack
0.08 (3)
MH203
3.20
0.10 (4)
MH204
3.60
0.13 (5)
MH205
4.10
0.15 (6)
MH206
4.70
0.18 (7)
MH207
5.10
0.20 (8)
MH208
5.60
0.23 (9)
MH209
6.20
0.25 (10)
MH210
6.80
Galvanized
0.28 (11)
MH211
7.20
steel,
0.30 (12)
MH212
7.80
no mounting
0.33 (13)
MH213
8.30
holes
0.36 (14)
MH214
8.70
0.38 (15)
MH215
9.30
0.41 (16)
MH216
9.80
0.42 (17)
MH217
10.20
0.46 (18)
MH218
10.80
0.50 (19.68)
MH220
11.60
Symmetrical rail
1 (39.37)
MH239
19.70
35 x 7.5 mm
2 (78.74)
MH279
29.60
(1.38 in. x 0.295 in.)
10
in compliance with
0.08 (3)
MH303
3.50
EN 50022 standard
0.10 (4)
MH304
3.90
(DIN 46277-3).
0.13 (5 in.
MH305
4.70
0.15 (6)
MH306
5.10
0.18 (7)
MH307
5.70
0.20 (8)
MH308
6.20
0.23 (9)
MH309
6.90
0.25 (10)
MH310
7.40
0.28 (11)
MH311
8.10
Galvanized
steel,
0.30 (12)
MH312
8.60
prepunched
0.33 (13)
MH313
9.20
0.36 (14)
MH314
9.60
0.38 (15)
MH315
10.20
0.41 (16)
MH316
10.80
0.42 (17)
MH317
11.60
0.46 (18)
MH318
12.00
0.50 (19.68)
MH320
13.10
1 (39.37)
MH339
23.00
2 (78.74)
MH379
32.70
High rise track
Aluminum
1 (39.37)
MH439
27.90
2
a
Orders must specify the standard package quantity (Std. Pack) or multiples of that
quantity.
Length
m (in.)
Description
Class 9080
Type
Mounting Track 1 or 2 meter length
Description
.25
6
1.38
35 .98
25
Angle bracket kit
24
For mounting 9080GH or MH track to a panel
at 45o angle. Includes 2 brackets and
hardware for mounting the track to the
brackets.
14.70
10
2 (78.74)
AM1DE200
21.80
10
2 (78.74)
AM1DP200
7.80
10
2 (78.74)
DZ5MB201
23.20
10
1 (39.37)
AB1PC15
7.50
10
DIN 1
Asymmetrical 32 mm track
EN 50035 & NF C63-018
15 mm steel,
zinc chromated
DIN 2
Symmetrical 15 mm track
EN 50045
Dimensions
.04
1
.98 .98 .98
25 25 25
1.38
35
1.06
27
1.38
35
.49
12
.06
2
.59
15
.28
7
78.74
2000
.30
8
.59
15
AM1ED200
1.06
27
.98 .98 .98
25 25 25
.30
8
1.06
27
1.38
35
1.80
46
.49
12
1.17
30
78.74
2000
.04
1
.28
7
.30
8
AM1DP200
A
9080MH3**
AM1ED200
7.5 mm depth, 1 mm steel,
zinc chromated
EN 50022 & NF C63-015
AM1DE200
.04
1
2 (78.74)
15 mm depth, 1.5 mm steel,
zinc chromated
Dimensions
.98
25
Catalog Number
DIN 3
15 mm depth, 1 mm steel,
zinc chromated
78.74
2000
.71
18
$ Price Std. a
ea. Pack
Length
m (in.)
.04
1
9080MHA10
Catalog
Number
9080MH82c
.65
1.26 17
32
.59 .34
15 9
$
Price Std.a
Pack
ea.
7.20
.20
5
.24
6
.06
2
39.37
1000
78.74
2000
AB1PC15
DZ5MB201
.59
15
1
End Clamps
Catalog
Number
$ Price
ea.
Std.a
Pack
End Clamps
TERMINAL BLOCKS
Plastic end clamp for 35 mm DIN 3 track,
8 mm (0.31 in.) wide
AB1AB8P35
1.50
100
Metal end clamp for 35 mm DIN 3 track,
8 mm (0.31 in.) wide
AB1AB8M35
2.40
100
Polycarbonate end clamp for 35 mm
DIN 3 track, 8 mm (0.31 in.) wide
9080MHA10
2.40
50
b
Not RoHS Compliant
Plastic end clamp for 32 mm DIN 1
track, 7.5 mm (0.30 in.) wide
AB1AB7P32
2.60
100
Metal end clamp for 32 mm DIN 1
track, 7.5 mm (0.30 in.) wide
AB1AB10M32
2.60
100
Plastic end clamp for 15 mm DIN 2
track, 7.5 mm (0.30 in.) wide
AB1AB715
1.50
100
Plastic end clamp for 35 mm DIN 3
track, 8 mm (0.31 in.) wide
AB1AB8R35
1.50
100
RoHS Compliant
24-12
CP5
Discount
Schedule
© 2009 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved
8.1
8
8
Terminal Blocks, Fuse Blocks and Fuse Holders
IEC—XB Series
Product Selection
XBUT4
8
Screw Connection Single Level—Through-Feed
Terminal
Width
Maximum
Wire Size
IEC 60 947-7-1
in V/A/AWG
EN 50 019 1
in V/A/AWG
UL-cUL Ratings
in V/A/AWG
5.2 mm
12 AWG/2.5 mm2
800/32/26–12
750/22/28/26–12
600/20/26–12
Color
Standard
Pack
Catalog
Number
Gray
50
XBUT25
Blue
50
XBUT25BU
Gray
50
XBUT4
Blue
50
XBUT4BU
Orange
50
XBUT4OR
Yellow
50
XBUT4YE
8
Red
50
XBUT4RD
White
50
XBUT4WH
8
Black
50
XBUT4BK
Green
50
XBUT4GN
Gray
50
XBUT6
Blue
50
XBUT6BU
Gray
50
XBUT10
8
Blue
50
XBUT10BU
Orange
50
XBUT10OR
8
Yellow
50
XBUT10YE
Red
50
XBUT10RD
Gray
50
XBUT16
Blue
50
XBUT16BU
Gray
50
XBUT35
Blue
50
XBUT35BU
8
6.2 mm
10 AWG/4 mm2
800/41/26–10
750/30/38/26–10
600/30/26–10
8
8
8
8.2 mm
8 AWG/6 mm2
800/57/24–8
750/40/50/24–8
600/50/24–8
8
10.2 mm
6 AWG/10 mm2
1000/76/20–6
750/54/69/20–6
600/65/20–6
8
12 mm
8
16 mm
4 AWG/16 mm2
0 AWG/35 mm2
1000/101/17–4
1000/150/15–0
—
—
8
600/85/16–4
600/150/14–1/0
Note
1 EU type—examination certificate number: KEMA 05ATEX2158 U.
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
V7-T8-6
Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E—November 2011 www.eaton.com
8.1
Terminal Blocks, Fuse Blocks and Fuse Holders
IEC—XB Series
Accessories
8
Screw Connection Single Level—Through-Feed
Description
Color
Number of
Positions
Standard
Pack
XBUT25
Catalog
Number
XBUT4
Catalog
Number
XBUT6
Catalog
Number
XBUT10
Catalog
Number
XBUT16
Catalog
Number
XBUT35
Catalog
Number
End cover
Gray
—
10
XBACUT10
XBACUT10
XBACUT10
XBACUT10
XBACUT16
1
Partition plate
Gray
—
10
XBATUT10
XBATUT10
XBATUT10
XBATUT10
—
—
Plug-in bridge—
for cross connections
in the bridge shaft
Red
2
10
XBAFBS25
XBAFBS26
XBAFBS28
XBAFBS210
XBAFBS212
XBAFBS216
3
10
XBAFBS35
XBAFBS36
—
—
—
—
5
10
XBAFBS55
XBAFBS56
—
—
—
—
10
10
XBAFBS105
XBAFBS106
—
—
—
—
8
8
8
8
8
8
50
10
XBAFBS505
XBAFBS506
—
—
—
—
Test adapter
—
—
10
XBATSPAI4
XBATSPAI4
XBATSPAI4
—
—
—
2.3 mm diameter test plug
—
—
—
XBATSMPS-_ 1
XBATSMPS-_ 1
—
—
—
—
Modular test plug
—
—
10
XBATSPS5
XBATSPS6
XBATSPS8
—
—
—
Blank marker strip (strip of 10)
White
—
10
XBMZB5 2
XBMZB6 2
XBMZB8 2
XBMZB10 2
XBMZB12 2
XBMZB15 2
8
8
8
Notes
1 For ordering information, see Page V7-T8-105.
2 For information on Printed Marking Tag Options, see Page V7-T8-98.
8
For additional accessories, see Page V7-T8-90.
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E—November 2011 www.eaton.com
V7-T8-7
8.1
Terminal Blocks, Fuse Blocks and Fuse Holders
IEC—XB Series
End Stops
8
Product Selection
XBAES35AL
XBAES35C
XBAES35T
Snap-On End Stop (15 mm)
Universal End Stop (15 mm)
Aluminum End
Standard
Pack
Catalog
Number
Standard
Pack
Catalog
Number
Standard
Pack
Catalog
Number
50
XBAES15N
50
XBAES15C
10
XBAES35AL
Snap-On End Stop (35 mm)
Universal End Stop (35 mm)
Standard
Pack
Catalog
Number
Standard
Pack
Catalog
Number
50
XBAES35N
50
XBAES35T
50
XBAES35C
Snap-on end stops for 35 mm
and 15 mm DIN rails can
be fitted with blank marker
strips and adjustable terminal
strip markers, parking facility
for bridges and testing
accessories.
8
8
8
Snaps on, for end support of
50–240 mm terminal blocks,
labeling with XBMZB10.
8
Screwed on, labeling with
blank marker strips and
terminal strip markers.
Cross-Reference of Terminal Blocks Marking, End Stops
Catalog
Number
XBMKLM2
XBMGLMA
XBAES35N
X
—
—
XBAES35T
—
X
X
XBMUBE
8
8
8
8
Aluminum End Stop
Snap-On End Stop
0.98
(24.8)
0.87
(22)
8
XBAES35AL
XBAES15N
1.38
(35)
8
8
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
1.91
(48.5)
8
8
Dimensions
XBAES35N
8
2.32
(59)
0.20
(5.2)
8
8
1.73
(44)
0.89
(22.6)
8
8
0.20
(5)
8
0.39
(10)
8
8
Universal End Stop
XBAES35T
8
XBAES15C
XBAES35C
8
0.83
(21.2)
1.91
(48.6)
1.99
(50.5)
8
0.71
(18)
1.39
(35.3)
1.29
(32.8)
8
0.24 (6.1)
0.37 (9.5)
8
8
0.37 (9.5)
8
8
Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E—November 2011 www.eaton.com
V7-T8-91
8.1
Terminal Blocks, Fuse Blocks and Fuse Holders
IEC—XB Series
8
DIN Rails
8
Product Selection
8
8
Perforated and unperforated
DIN rails in accordance with
E 60715.
35 x 7.5 mm x 2m
15 x 5.5 mm x 2m
Standard
Pack
Standard
Pack
Catalog
Number
Features
Slotted
25
XBANS15P
8
●
8
●
8
●
●
●
High dimensional accuracy
Restricted tolerances
Double surface tempering,
galvanized and chromated
All 2m in length
Customization available
8
25
Catalog
Number
XBANS3575P
Solid
25
XBANS3575U
35 x 15 mm x 2m
Standard
Pack
25
Standard
Pack
Catalog
Number
35/7.5/2m
Catalog
Number
25
XBANS3575PL
35/58/2m
Slotted
8
Aluminum DIN Rails
(Perforated)
XBANS3515P
6
XBANS35PL
Solid
8
25
XBANS3515U
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
35 x 7.5 mm DIN Rail
35 x 15 mm DIN Rail
0.04
(1)
0.30
(7.5)
1.06 (27)
8
0.06
(1.5)
1.38 (35)
0.03 (0.8)
Rad.
0.24
(6.2)
0.03 (0.8)
Rad.
0.59
(15)
8
0.05 (1.25)
Rad.
0.04
(1)
15°
0.59
(15)
0.22
(5.5)
0.41
(10.5)
0.05 (1.25)
Rad.
0.01 (0.2)
Rad.
0.02 (0.5)
Rad.
XBANS35PL Raised Rail
0.08
(2)
2.28 (58)
1.89 (48)
1.02
(26)
0.48
(12.2)
0.59
(15)
0.59
(15)
0.98
(25)
0.79
(20)
1.02
(26)
5.00
(127)
0.98
(25)
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
V7-T8-92
0.95
(24)
1.38
(35)
0.17
(4.2)
0.24
(6.2)
8
8
0.03
(0.8)
1.38 (35)
1.06 (27)
8
15 x 5.5 mm x 2m DIN Rail
Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E—November 2011 www.eaton.com
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Panduct ® Type F Narrow Slot Wiring Duct
• Narrow slot/finger design provides more slots to fit the spacing of
high-density terminal blocks and other hardware
• Material: Lead-free PVC
• UL recognized continuous use temperature: 122°F (50°C)
• UL 94 flammability rating of V-0
W
H
.50 TYP [12.7]
.20 TYP [5.0]
Multiple slot restrictors present with
2" and greater duct wall height.
To order cover with protective film
add “-F” to part number. 6" cover
not available with film.
• Conforms with NFPA 79-2007 section 13.3.1 requirement
for flame retardant material
• Provided with mounting holes
• Base and cover length is 6 feet
B1.
Cable Ties
Std. Base Cover
Cover
Pkg. Ctn. Ctn.
Part Number Qty. Qty. Qty.
C.5LG6
6
120 120
C.5LG6
6
120 120
C.75LG6
6
120 120
C.75LG6
6
120 120
Base
Part Number
F.5X.5LG6
F.5X1LG6
F.75X.75LG6
F.75X1.5LG6
Duct Size
In.
0.69 x 0.60
0.69 x 1.06
0.93 x 0.82
0.93 x 1.57
(W x H)*
mm
17.5 x 15.2
17.5 x 26.9
23.6 x 20.9
23.6 x 39.9
Slot Width
In.
mm
0.20
5.0
0.20
5.0
0.20
5.0
0.20
5.0
F1X1LG6
F1X1.5LG6
F1X2LG6
1.26 x 1.13
1.26 x 1.62
1.26 x 2.12
32.0 x 28.7
32.0 x 41.1
32.0 x 53.8
0.20
0.20
0.20
5.0
5.0
5.0
C1LG6
C1LG6
C1LG6
6
6
6
120
120
120
120
120
120
F1X3LG6
F1X4LG6
F1.5X1LG6
F1.5X1.5LG6
F1.5X2LG6
1.26
1.26
1.75
1.75
1.75
x
x
x
x
x
3.12
4.10
1.12
1.62
2.12
32.0 x 79.2
32.0 x 104.1
44.5 x 28.4
44.5 x 41.1
44.5 x 53.8
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
C1LG6
C1LG6
C1.5LG6
C1.5LG6
C1.5LG6
6
6
6
6
6
120
60
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
F1.5X3LG6
F1.5X4LG6
F2X1LG6
F2X1.5LG6
F2X2LG6
1.75
1.75
2.25
2.25
2.25
x
x
x
x
x
3.12
4.10
1.12
1.62
2.12
44.5 x 79.2
44.5 x 104.1
57.2 x 28.4
57.2 x 41.1
57.2 x 53.8
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
C1.5LG6
C1.5LG6
C2LG6
C2LG6
C2LG6
6
6
6
6
6
120
60
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
F2X3LG6
F2X4LG6
F2X5LG6
F2.5X3LG6
2.25
2.25
2.25
2.75
x
x
x
x
3.12
4.10
5.10
3.12
57.2 x 79.2
57.2 x 104.1
57.2 x 129.5
69.9 x 79.2
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
C2LG6
C2LG6
C2LG6
C2.5LG6
6
6
6
6
60
60
60
120
120
120
120
120
F3X1LG6
F3X2LG6
F3X3LG6
F3X4LG6
F3X5LG6
F4X2LG6
3.25
3.25
3.25
3.25
3.25
4.25
x
x
x
x
x
x
1.12
2.12
3.12
4.10
5.10
2.12
82.6 x 28.4
82.6 x 53.8
82.6 x 79.2
82.6 x 104.1
82.6 x 129.5
108.0 x 53.8
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
C3LG6
C3LG6
C3LG6
C3LG6
C3LG6
C4LG6
6
6
6
6
6
6
120
120
60
60
60
60
120
120
120
120
120
120
F4X3LG6
F4X4LG6
F4X5LG6
F6X4LG6
4.25
4.25
4.25
6.25
x
x
x
x
3.12
4.10
5.10
4.15
108.0 x 79.2
108.0 x 104.1
108.0 x 129.5
158.8 x 105.4
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
C4LG6
C4LG6
C4LG6
C6LG6
6
6
6
6
60
60
60
60
120
120
120
120
Part number shown for LG (Light Gray). For other color availability see color selection guide, page C1.48.
Base and cover sold separately.
*“H” dimension includes duct and cover.
B2.
Cable
Accessories
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
C1.15
Wiring Duct Available Colors and Sizes
Duct Size W x H
In.
.5 x .5
mm
12 x 12
LG
Light Gray
FL
G F FS
NE
.5 x 1
G F FS
G F
NE
.5 x 2
G
G
.75 x .75
.75 x 1
.75 x 1.5
.75 x 2
G F FS
WH
White
G F FS
G F
G
G
G F
G F
G
G
1x1
25 x 25
G F FS
NNC FL
1 x 1.5
25 x 37
G F FS
NNC
1x2
25 x 50
G F FS D
NNC
1 x 2.5
25 x 62
25 x 75
G F FS D
1x4
25 x 100
G F FS D
NNC
TNC
G F FS
G
G F FS
NE
NNC
G FS
G F
MC
G F
NE
NNC
G
G F
MC
G F
NE
NNC MC
G
D
G F
G F
D NE
G F
D NE
37 x 37
G F FS
1.5 x 2
37 x 50
G F FS D H HN HS NNC
1.5 x 2.5
37 x 62
NNC MC
G
D
G F
G
D
G F
NNC
1.5 x 3
37 x 75
TNC
G F FS
NE
G F
NE H HN HS NNC MC
NNC MC
G FS
MC
G F
MC
G
D H HS G F
MC
MC
G F FS D H HN HS NNC
G F
MC
MC
G F FS
1.5 x 1.5
1.5 x 4
IB
IG
Intrs. Intl.
Blue+ Gray
MC
1x3
1.5 x 1
TNC
BL
Black
TNC
D
MC
G F
D NE H HN HS NNC MC
G
D H HS G F
G F
D NE
G
D
NE
G
2x1
G F FS
G F FS
2 x 1.5
G F FS
G F FS
MC
G F
2x2
50 x 50
G F FS D H HN HS NNC FL TNC
G F FS D NE H HN HS NNC MC
G FS D H HS G F
MC
2x3
50 x 75
G F FS D H HN HS NNC
G F FS D NE H HN HS NNC MC
G
D H HS G F
MC
2x4
50 x 100
G F FS D H HN HS NNC
G F
G
D H HS G F
MC
G F
G F
2x5
2.5 x 2.5
D NE H HN HS NNC MC
62 x 62
2.5 x 3
MC
G F
3x1
3x2
75 x 50
3 x 2.5
75 x 62
3x3
75 x 75
3x4
75 x 100
3x5
4 x 1.5
D
MC
G F
G
G F FS
G F FS
NE
G F FS D
G F FS
NE
MC
G FS
G F FS D H HN HS NNC
G F FS D NE H HN HS NNC MC
G FS D H HS G F
MC
G F FS D H HN HS
G F FS D NE H HN HS
MC
G
D H HS G F
MC
G F FS
G F FS
D
MC
G
TNC
MC
FS
NE
G
4x2
100 x 50
G F FS D
NNC
TNC
G F FS
NE
NNC MC
G
4x3
100 x 75
G F FS D
NNC
TNC
G F FS
NE
NNC MC
G
4x4
100 x 100
G F FS D H HN HS NNC
G F FS
4x5
6x4
MC
MC
G F FS
G F
MC
G F FS D NE H HN HS NNC MC
G FS D H HS G F
MC
G F
G
NE
G F FS
3.35 x 2.54*
85.0 x 64.4
CWD
CWD
4.40 x 3.57*
111.8 x 90.7
CWD
CWD
5.33 x 4.58*
135.3 x 115.7
CWD
6.25 x 2.12**
156.7 x 54.0
DRD
DRD
7.25 x 3.12**
184.1 x 79.4
DRD
DRD
8.25 x 4.12** 209.5 x 104.8
DRD
DRD
CWD
*Corner Duct Profile
**DIN Rail Duct Profile
Intrinsic Blue Color –
+
Intrinsic Blue wiring duct is made from the same lead-free PVC material as our standard PVC duct. Intrinsic Blue is an Internationally
recognized standard blue color that identifies the wiring duct as “incapable of releasing sufficient electrical or thermal energy under normal or
abnormal conditions, to cause ignition of a specific hazardous atmospheric mixture in its most easily ignited concentrations."
ISA-RD12.6 (Instrument Society of America)
+
3
Panduit Wiring Duct Approvals and Compliances
Agency
Mark
Agency
Requirement
Classification/Performance
Material Flame Class V-0
Continuous-use temperature up to 50°C (122°F)
UL 1565
Underwriters
Laboratories, Inc.
File No. E147128
Underwriters
Laboratories, Inc.
Canadian
Standards
Association
File No. 016446
Conformity
European
UL 1565
CSA C22.2
No. 18.5-03
Material Flame Class V-0
Continuous-use temperature up to 50°C (122°F)
UL 508
section 15
An insulating barrier material shall comply with the minimum material
properties indicated in Table 15.1
UL 508
sections 34
and 181
Qualifies as a metal barrier with required thickness as indicated in
Table 6.1
Material Flame Class V-0
Continuous-use temperature up to 50°C (122°F)
CSA C22.2
No. 18.5-02
• CDS (cable ducting system for impact 2 J)
• Minimum storage, transport, installation, and application
temperature: -5°C (23°F)
• Maximum application temperature: 60°C (140°F)
• Non-flame propagating
• Without electrical continuity
• Cover removable without a tool
Low Voltage
Directive
2006/95/EC
EN 50085-1
EN 50085-2-3
DIN 43659
• Specifies dimensions for slotted trunkings used in electrical
switch-gear assemblies and that conform to DIN VDE 060 Part 506
• Channel mounting hole pattern, slot dimensions, pitch, and location
• Distance from first to last like-size mounting hole
• Minimum overall product length
DIN 5510-2
DIN 54837
Burning Class: S4
Smoke Class: SR2
Dripping Class: ST2
DIN German
Institute for
Standardization
AFNOR French
Association of
Normalization
NF F 16-101
NF F 16-102
UNIFER Italian
Railway Standards
EN ISO 11925-2
FRA – Federal
Railroad
Administration
49 CFR Part 238
NFPA – National
Fire Protection
Association
National Fire
Protection Agency
European Union
Type NNC Wiring Duct Classification = F3/I4
Type TNC Wiring Duct Classification = F1/I4
Pass 30-second flame application
Surface Flammability: < 35
Smoke Density Ds (1.5) < 100
Ds (4.0) < 200
Wiring Duct
Types/Products
All wiring duct
types and covers
Type H, HS, HN,
and DRD
PVC divider walls
SD*EMI metal
barrier
All wiring duct
types and covers
(except H, HS,
and HN)
H, HS, G, F, D,
MC, FS, NNC,
NE, DRD,
and TNC
MC, NNC,
and TNC
TNC
NNC and TNC
TNC
TNC
NFPA130
NFPA 79-2012,
Section 13.3.1
IEC 60332-1
Non-metallic duct shall be permitted (inside enclosures) only when they
are made with a flame-retardant material; flame-retardant material is
defined in the standard by the IEC 60332-1 test method
All wiring duct
types and covers
(except FL)
NFPA 79-2012,
Section 13.5.2
Panduit publishes a maximum percentage wire fill for common wire
types equal to 50% of the interior cross-sectional area of the wiring duct
All wiring duct
types and covers
NFPA 79-2012,
section 13.1.6.9
Panduit bend radius control accessories can be mounted at right angles
and T junctions created using wiring duct in order to maintain cable
bend radius control
Corner strip with
1" bend radius
control
European
Directive
2002/95/EC
Meets the requirements on the Restriction of Hazardous Substances
and is free of the six substances listed in the directive
For more information
Visit us at www.panduit.com
Contact Customer Service by email: cs@panduit.com
or by phone: 800.777.3300
All wiring duct
products
©2013 Panduit Corp.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
WDSG01--SA-ENG
11/2013
UNIVERSAL TERMINAL
Type KA-U
UNIVERSAL TERMINAL
Types K3A-U, KK3A-U
Fig. 1
Fig. 2
Fig. 2
Fig. 1
(1 Conductor)
For Aluminum and Copper Conductors
(3 Conductor)
For Aluminum & Copper Conductors
These dual-rated one conductor lugs are constructed from high strength aluminum
alloy and electro tin-plated to provide low contact resistance.
Dual-rated three conductor lugs are constructed from high strength aluminum
alloy and electro tin-plated to provide low contact resistance.
Catalog
Number
Conductor Range
Figure Number
KA6U
14 - 6 str.
1
Catalog
Number
Conductor Range
Stud Hole
Size
Figure
Number
K3A2U-2*
Three: 14 - 2 str.
5/16
1
Three: 14 - 1/0 str.
3/8
1
Three: 14 - 2/0 str.
1/2
1
KA2U
14 - 2 str.
1
K3A25U-2*
KA25U
14 - 1/0 str.
1
K3A26U-2N
KA26U
6 - 2/0 str.
1
K3A27U-2N
Three: 6 - 3/0 str.
1/2
1
KA29U
6 str. - 250 kcmil
2
K3A29U-2N
Three: 6 str. - 250 kcmil
1/2
1
KA30U
6 str. - 300 kcmil
2
K3A31U-2N
Three: 6 str. - 350 kcmil
1/2
1
KA31U
6 str. - 350 kcmil
2
K3A36U-2N
Three: 2 str. - 600 kcmil
1/2
1
KA34U
4 str. - 500 kcmil
2
KK3A36U-2N
Three: 2 str. - 600 kcmil
1/2
2
KK3A40U-2N
Three: 300 - 800 kcmil
1/2
2
KK3A44U-2N
Three: 500 - 1000 kcmil
1/2
2
KA36U
2 str. - 600 kcmil
2
KA40U
300 - 800 kcmil
2
KA44U
500 - 1000 kcmil
2
UNIVERSAL TERMINAL
Type K2A-U
Fig.1
* Slotted screw
“N” indicates NEMA Standard holes
UNIVERSAL TERMINAL
Type K4A-U
Fig.2
Fig. 3
For Aluminum and Copper Conductors
Compact, wide-range, tin-plated aluminum terminal for use with two copper or
aluminum
cables.
(4 Conductor)
For Aluminum and Copper Conductors
These dual-rated four conductor lugs are constructed from high strength aluminum
alloy and electro tin-plated to provide low contact resistance.
Catalog
Number
Conductor
Range
Stud
Hole
Size
Stud Hole
Spacing
Figure
Number
K2A25U
Two: 14 - 1/0 str.
1/4
—
1
K2A26U
Two: 14 - 2/0 str.
1/4
—
1
K2A29U
Two: 6 str. - 250 kcmil
3/8
—
2
K2A31U
Two: 4 str. - 350 kcmil
1/2
—
2
KK4A40U-4N
K2A36U
Two: 2 str. - 600 kcmil
1/2
—
2
K2A40U
Two: 300 - 800 kcmil
5/8
—
2
K2A44U
Two: 500 - 1000 kcmil
5/8
—
2
K2A31U-2N*
Two: 6 str. - 350 kcmil
1/2
1-3/4
3
K2A36U-2N*
Two: 2 str. - 600 kcmil
1/2
1-3/4
3
K2A40U-2N*
Two: 300 - 800 kcmil
1/2
1-3/4
3
K2A44U-2N*
Two: 500 - 1000 kcmil
1/2
1-3/4
3
*Tongue holes drilled per NEMA standards.
10
Fig. 2
Fig. 1
(2 Conductors)
Catalog
Number
Conductor Range
Stud Hole Size
Figure Number
K4A29U-4N
Four: 6 str. - 250 kcmil
1/2
1
K4A31U-4N
Four: 6 str. - 350 kcmil
1/2
1
KK4A36U-4N
Four: 2 str. - 600 kcmil
1/2
2
Four: 300 - 800 kcmil
1/2
2
“N” indicates NEMA Standard holes
LAY-IN QIKLUG™
Type BGBL
* UL Listed 90°C, 600 V
The Lay-In QIKLUG, type BGBL is manufactured from high strength 6061-T6
aluminum, and is ideally suited for grounding and bonding applications accommodating
both copper and aluminum conductor sizes 14 AWG to 250 kcmil.
Catalog
Number
Conductor Range
Hex Size
BGBL-4
14 - 4 str.
SLOT
BGBL-1/0
14 - 1/0 str.
SLOT
BGBL-250
6 str. - 250 kcmil
7/32
11
3URGXFW'DWD6KHHW
3.*7$
/2$' &(17
/2$'&(17(5(48,30(17*5281'%$5
$66<
/LVW3ULFH
86'
$YDLODELOLW\ 6WRFN,WHP7KLVLWHPLVQRUPDOO\VWRFNHGLQRXUGLVWULEXWLRQIDFLOLW\
7HFKQLFDO&KDUDFWHULVWLFV
$SSOLFDWLRQ
/RDG&HQWHUV
&LUFXLW%UHDNHU7\SH
3.
0DUNHWLQJ7UDGH1DPH
42DQG+RPHOLQH
6KLSSLQJDQG2UGHULQJ
&DWHJRU\
/RDG&HQWHUV$FFHVVRULHV7\SH42
'LVFRXQW6FKHGXOH
'($
*7,1
3DFNDJH4XDQWLW\
:HLJKW
OEV
$YDLODELOLW\&RGH
6WRFN,WHP7KLVLWHPLVQRUPDOO\VWRFNHGLQRXUGLVWULEXWLRQIDFLOLW\
5HWXUQDELOLW\
<
&RXQWU\RI2ULJLQ
86
$VVWDQGDUGVVSHFLILFDWLRQVDQGGHVLJQVFKDQJHIURPWLPHWRWLPHSOHDVHDVNIRUFRQILUPDWLRQRIWKHLQIRUPDWLRQJLYHQLQWKLVGRFXPHQW
*HQHUDWHG
‹6FKQHLGHU(OHFWULF$OOULJKWVUHVHUYHG